1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD.
|
---|
2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
---|
3 | 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
---|
4 |
|
---|
5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
---|
6 |
|
---|
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
---|
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
---|
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
---|
10 | (at your option) any later version.
|
---|
11 |
|
---|
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
---|
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
---|
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
---|
15 | GNU General Public License for more details.
|
---|
16 |
|
---|
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
---|
18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
---|
19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
---|
20 |
|
---|
21 | /* SECTION
|
---|
22 |
|
---|
23 | ELF backends
|
---|
24 |
|
---|
25 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
|
---|
26 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
|
---|
27 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
|
---|
28 |
|
---|
29 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
|
---|
30 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
|
---|
31 | haven't bothered yet. */
|
---|
32 |
|
---|
33 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
|
---|
34 | #define _SYSCALL32
|
---|
35 | #include "bfd.h"
|
---|
36 | #include "sysdep.h"
|
---|
37 | #include "bfdlink.h"
|
---|
38 | #include "libbfd.h"
|
---|
39 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0
|
---|
40 | #include "elf-bfd.h"
|
---|
41 | #include "libiberty.h"
|
---|
42 |
|
---|
43 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping
|
---|
44 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, bfd_boolean));
|
---|
45 | static bfd_boolean map_sections_to_segments
|
---|
46 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
47 | static int elf_sort_sections
|
---|
48 | PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
|
---|
49 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments
|
---|
50 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
51 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs
|
---|
52 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
53 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers
|
---|
54 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
55 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms
|
---|
56 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int));
|
---|
57 | static bfd_boolean copy_private_bfd_data
|
---|
58 | PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
|
---|
59 | static char *elf_read
|
---|
60 | PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
|
---|
61 | static const char *group_signature
|
---|
62 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
|
---|
63 | static bfd_boolean setup_group
|
---|
64 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, asection *));
|
---|
65 | static void merge_sections_remove_hook
|
---|
66 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
|
---|
67 | static void elf_fake_sections
|
---|
68 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
|
---|
69 | static bfd_boolean assign_section_numbers
|
---|
70 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
71 | static INLINE int sym_is_global
|
---|
72 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
|
---|
73 | static bfd_boolean elf_map_symbols
|
---|
74 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
75 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size
|
---|
76 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
77 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes
|
---|
78 | PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
|
---|
79 | static bfd_boolean elf_find_function
|
---|
80 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma, const char **,
|
---|
81 | const char **));
|
---|
82 | static int elfcore_make_pid
|
---|
83 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
84 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_maybe_make_sect
|
---|
85 | PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, asection *));
|
---|
86 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_make_note_pseudosection
|
---|
87 | PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
88 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prfpreg
|
---|
89 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
90 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prxfpreg
|
---|
91 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
92 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_note
|
---|
93 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
94 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid
|
---|
95 | PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Note *, int *));
|
---|
96 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo
|
---|
97 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
98 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
|
---|
99 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
100 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_gregs
|
---|
101 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *, pid_t));
|
---|
102 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_status
|
---|
103 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *, pid_t *));
|
---|
104 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_note
|
---|
105 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
106 |
|
---|
107 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
|
---|
108 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
|
---|
109 | need to move into elfcode.h. */
|
---|
110 |
|
---|
111 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
|
---|
112 |
|
---|
113 | void
|
---|
114 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
115 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
116 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src;
|
---|
117 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst;
|
---|
118 | {
|
---|
119 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
|
---|
120 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
|
---|
121 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
|
---|
122 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
|
---|
123 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
|
---|
124 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
|
---|
125 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
|
---|
126 | }
|
---|
127 |
|
---|
128 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
|
---|
129 |
|
---|
130 | void
|
---|
131 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
132 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
133 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src;
|
---|
134 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst;
|
---|
135 | {
|
---|
136 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
|
---|
137 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
|
---|
138 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
|
---|
139 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
|
---|
140 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
|
---|
141 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
|
---|
142 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
|
---|
143 | }
|
---|
144 |
|
---|
145 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
|
---|
146 |
|
---|
147 | void
|
---|
148 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
149 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
150 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src;
|
---|
151 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst;
|
---|
152 | {
|
---|
153 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
|
---|
154 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
|
---|
155 | }
|
---|
156 |
|
---|
157 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
|
---|
158 |
|
---|
159 | void
|
---|
160 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
161 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
162 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src;
|
---|
163 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst;
|
---|
164 | {
|
---|
165 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
|
---|
166 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
|
---|
167 | }
|
---|
168 |
|
---|
169 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
|
---|
170 |
|
---|
171 | void
|
---|
172 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
173 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
174 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src;
|
---|
175 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst;
|
---|
176 | {
|
---|
177 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
|
---|
178 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
|
---|
179 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
|
---|
180 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
|
---|
181 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
|
---|
182 | }
|
---|
183 |
|
---|
184 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
|
---|
185 |
|
---|
186 | void
|
---|
187 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
188 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
189 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src;
|
---|
190 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst;
|
---|
191 | {
|
---|
192 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
|
---|
193 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
|
---|
194 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
|
---|
195 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
|
---|
196 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
|
---|
197 | }
|
---|
198 |
|
---|
199 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
|
---|
200 |
|
---|
201 | void
|
---|
202 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
203 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
204 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src;
|
---|
205 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst;
|
---|
206 | {
|
---|
207 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
|
---|
208 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
|
---|
209 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
|
---|
210 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
|
---|
211 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
|
---|
212 | }
|
---|
213 |
|
---|
214 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
|
---|
215 |
|
---|
216 | void
|
---|
217 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
218 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
219 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src;
|
---|
220 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst;
|
---|
221 | {
|
---|
222 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
|
---|
223 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
|
---|
224 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
|
---|
225 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
|
---|
226 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
|
---|
227 | }
|
---|
228 |
|
---|
229 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
|
---|
230 |
|
---|
231 | void
|
---|
232 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
233 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
234 | const Elf_External_Versym *src;
|
---|
235 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst;
|
---|
236 | {
|
---|
237 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
|
---|
238 | }
|
---|
239 |
|
---|
240 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
|
---|
241 |
|
---|
242 | void
|
---|
243 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
244 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
245 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src;
|
---|
246 | Elf_External_Versym *dst;
|
---|
247 | {
|
---|
248 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
|
---|
249 | }
|
---|
250 |
|
---|
251 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
|
---|
252 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
|
---|
253 |
|
---|
254 | unsigned long
|
---|
255 | bfd_elf_hash (namearg)
|
---|
256 | const char *namearg;
|
---|
257 | {
|
---|
258 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
|
---|
259 | unsigned long h = 0;
|
---|
260 | unsigned long g;
|
---|
261 | int ch;
|
---|
262 |
|
---|
263 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
|
---|
264 | {
|
---|
265 | h = (h << 4) + ch;
|
---|
266 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
|
---|
267 | {
|
---|
268 | h ^= g >> 24;
|
---|
269 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
|
---|
270 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
|
---|
271 | h ^= g;
|
---|
272 | }
|
---|
273 | }
|
---|
274 | return h & 0xffffffff;
|
---|
275 | }
|
---|
276 |
|
---|
277 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF
|
---|
278 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the
|
---|
279 | buffer. */
|
---|
280 |
|
---|
281 | static char *
|
---|
282 | elf_read (abfd, offset, size)
|
---|
283 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
284 | file_ptr offset;
|
---|
285 | bfd_size_type size;
|
---|
286 | {
|
---|
287 | char *buf;
|
---|
288 |
|
---|
289 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL)
|
---|
290 | return NULL;
|
---|
291 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
---|
292 | return NULL;
|
---|
293 | if (bfd_bread ((PTR) buf, size, abfd) != size)
|
---|
294 | {
|
---|
295 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
|
---|
296 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
---|
297 | return NULL;
|
---|
298 | }
|
---|
299 | return buf;
|
---|
300 | }
|
---|
301 |
|
---|
302 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
303 | bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd)
|
---|
304 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
305 | {
|
---|
306 | /* This just does initialization. */
|
---|
307 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
|
---|
308 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata);
|
---|
309 | elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
310 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
311 | return FALSE;
|
---|
312 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
|
---|
313 | initialization? */
|
---|
314 |
|
---|
315 | return TRUE;
|
---|
316 | }
|
---|
317 |
|
---|
318 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
319 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (abfd)
|
---|
320 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
321 | {
|
---|
322 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
|
---|
323 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
|
---|
324 | }
|
---|
325 |
|
---|
326 | char *
|
---|
327 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex)
|
---|
328 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
329 | unsigned int shindex;
|
---|
330 | {
|
---|
331 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
332 | char *shstrtab = NULL;
|
---|
333 | file_ptr offset;
|
---|
334 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
|
---|
335 |
|
---|
336 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
337 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
|
---|
338 | return 0;
|
---|
339 |
|
---|
340 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
|
---|
341 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
---|
342 | {
|
---|
343 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
|
---|
344 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
|
---|
345 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
|
---|
346 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize);
|
---|
347 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab;
|
---|
348 | }
|
---|
349 | return shstrtab;
|
---|
350 | }
|
---|
351 |
|
---|
352 | char *
|
---|
353 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex)
|
---|
354 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
355 | unsigned int shindex;
|
---|
356 | unsigned int strindex;
|
---|
357 | {
|
---|
358 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
359 |
|
---|
360 | if (strindex == 0)
|
---|
361 | return "";
|
---|
362 |
|
---|
363 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
---|
364 |
|
---|
365 | if (hdr->contents == NULL
|
---|
366 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
|
---|
367 | return NULL;
|
---|
368 |
|
---|
369 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
370 | {
|
---|
371 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
372 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
|
---|
373 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
|
---|
374 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx
|
---|
375 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name)
|
---|
376 | ? ".shstrtab"
|
---|
377 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)));
|
---|
378 | return "";
|
---|
379 | }
|
---|
380 |
|
---|
381 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
|
---|
382 | }
|
---|
383 |
|
---|
384 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
|
---|
385 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
|
---|
386 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
|
---|
387 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
|
---|
388 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
|
---|
389 |
|
---|
390 | Elf_Internal_Sym *
|
---|
391 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, symcount, symoffset,
|
---|
392 | intsym_buf, extsym_buf, extshndx_buf)
|
---|
393 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
394 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
---|
395 | size_t symcount;
|
---|
396 | size_t symoffset;
|
---|
397 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf;
|
---|
398 | PTR extsym_buf;
|
---|
399 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf;
|
---|
400 | {
|
---|
401 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
|
---|
402 | PTR alloc_ext;
|
---|
403 | const bfd_byte *esym;
|
---|
404 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
|
---|
405 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
|
---|
406 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
---|
407 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
|
---|
408 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
409 | size_t extsym_size;
|
---|
410 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
411 | file_ptr pos;
|
---|
412 |
|
---|
413 | if (symcount == 0)
|
---|
414 | return intsym_buf;
|
---|
415 |
|
---|
416 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
|
---|
417 | shndx_hdr = NULL;
|
---|
418 | if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
|
---|
419 | shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
---|
420 |
|
---|
421 | /* Read the symbols. */
|
---|
422 | alloc_ext = NULL;
|
---|
423 | alloc_extshndx = NULL;
|
---|
424 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
|
---|
425 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
426 | amt = symcount * extsym_size;
|
---|
427 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
|
---|
428 | if (extsym_buf == NULL)
|
---|
429 | {
|
---|
430 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc (amt);
|
---|
431 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
|
---|
432 | }
|
---|
433 | if (extsym_buf == NULL
|
---|
434 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
435 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
|
---|
436 | {
|
---|
437 | intsym_buf = NULL;
|
---|
438 | goto out;
|
---|
439 | }
|
---|
440 |
|
---|
441 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
|
---|
442 | extshndx_buf = NULL;
|
---|
443 | else
|
---|
444 | {
|
---|
445 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
---|
446 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
---|
447 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
|
---|
448 | {
|
---|
449 | alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
---|
450 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
|
---|
451 | }
|
---|
452 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL
|
---|
453 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
454 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
|
---|
455 | {
|
---|
456 | intsym_buf = NULL;
|
---|
457 | goto out;
|
---|
458 | }
|
---|
459 | }
|
---|
460 |
|
---|
461 | if (intsym_buf == NULL)
|
---|
462 | {
|
---|
463 | bfd_size_type amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym);
|
---|
464 | intsym_buf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
---|
465 | if (intsym_buf == NULL)
|
---|
466 | goto out;
|
---|
467 | }
|
---|
468 |
|
---|
469 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
|
---|
470 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
|
---|
471 | for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
|
---|
472 | isym < isymend;
|
---|
473 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
|
---|
474 | (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, (const PTR) shndx, isym);
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | out:
|
---|
477 | if (alloc_ext != NULL)
|
---|
478 | free (alloc_ext);
|
---|
479 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
|
---|
480 | free (alloc_extshndx);
|
---|
481 |
|
---|
482 | return intsym_buf;
|
---|
483 | }
|
---|
484 |
|
---|
485 | /* Look up a symbol name. */
|
---|
486 | const char *
|
---|
487 | bfd_elf_local_sym_name (abfd, isym)
|
---|
488 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
489 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
---|
490 | {
|
---|
491 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
|
---|
492 | unsigned int shindex = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_link;
|
---|
493 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
---|
494 | {
|
---|
495 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
|
---|
496 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
|
---|
497 | }
|
---|
498 |
|
---|
499 | return bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
|
---|
500 | }
|
---|
501 |
|
---|
502 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
|
---|
503 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
|
---|
504 | pointers. */
|
---|
505 |
|
---|
506 | typedef union elf_internal_group {
|
---|
507 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
|
---|
508 | unsigned int flags;
|
---|
509 | } Elf_Internal_Group;
|
---|
510 |
|
---|
511 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
|
---|
512 | signature just a string? */
|
---|
513 |
|
---|
514 | static const char *
|
---|
515 | group_signature (abfd, ghdr)
|
---|
516 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
517 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr;
|
---|
518 | {
|
---|
519 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
520 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
|
---|
521 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
|
---|
522 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
|
---|
523 |
|
---|
524 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. */
|
---|
525 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
|
---|
526 | return NULL;
|
---|
527 |
|
---|
528 | /* Go read the symbol. */
|
---|
529 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
530 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
|
---|
531 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
|
---|
532 | return NULL;
|
---|
533 |
|
---|
534 | return bfd_elf_local_sym_name (abfd, &isym);
|
---|
535 | }
|
---|
536 |
|
---|
537 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
|
---|
538 |
|
---|
539 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
540 | setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)
|
---|
541 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
542 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
543 | asection *newsect;
|
---|
544 | {
|
---|
545 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
|
---|
546 |
|
---|
547 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
|
---|
548 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
|
---|
549 | if (num_group == 0)
|
---|
550 | {
|
---|
551 | unsigned int i, shnum;
|
---|
552 |
|
---|
553 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
|
---|
554 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
|
---|
555 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
556 | num_group = 0;
|
---|
557 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
|
---|
558 | {
|
---|
559 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
---|
560 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
|
---|
561 | num_group += 1;
|
---|
562 | }
|
---|
563 |
|
---|
564 | if (num_group == 0)
|
---|
565 | num_group = (unsigned) -1;
|
---|
566 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
|
---|
567 |
|
---|
568 | if (num_group > 0)
|
---|
569 | {
|
---|
570 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
|
---|
571 | so we can find them quickly. */
|
---|
572 | bfd_size_type amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *);
|
---|
573 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
574 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
|
---|
575 | return FALSE;
|
---|
576 |
|
---|
577 | num_group = 0;
|
---|
578 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
|
---|
579 | {
|
---|
580 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
---|
581 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
|
---|
582 | {
|
---|
583 | unsigned char *src;
|
---|
584 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
|
---|
585 |
|
---|
586 | /* Add to list of sections. */
|
---|
587 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
|
---|
588 | num_group += 1;
|
---|
589 |
|
---|
590 | /* Read the raw contents. */
|
---|
591 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
|
---|
592 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
|
---|
593 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
594 | if (shdr->contents == NULL
|
---|
595 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
596 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
|
---|
597 | != shdr->sh_size))
|
---|
598 | return FALSE;
|
---|
599 |
|
---|
600 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
|
---|
601 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
|
---|
602 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
|
---|
603 | pointers. */
|
---|
604 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
|
---|
605 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
|
---|
606 | while (1)
|
---|
607 | {
|
---|
608 | unsigned int idx;
|
---|
609 |
|
---|
610 | src -= 4;
|
---|
611 | --dest;
|
---|
612 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
|
---|
613 | if (src == shdr->contents)
|
---|
614 | {
|
---|
615 | dest->flags = idx;
|
---|
616 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
|
---|
617 | shdr->bfd_section->flags
|
---|
618 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
---|
619 | break;
|
---|
620 | }
|
---|
621 | if (idx >= shnum)
|
---|
622 | {
|
---|
623 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
624 | (_("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"),
|
---|
625 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd)));
|
---|
626 | idx = 0;
|
---|
627 | }
|
---|
628 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
|
---|
629 | }
|
---|
630 | }
|
---|
631 | }
|
---|
632 | }
|
---|
633 | }
|
---|
634 |
|
---|
635 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
|
---|
636 | {
|
---|
637 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
638 |
|
---|
639 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
|
---|
640 | {
|
---|
641 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
|
---|
642 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
|
---|
643 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
|
---|
644 |
|
---|
645 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
|
---|
646 | section is a member. */
|
---|
647 | while (--n_elt != 0)
|
---|
648 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
|
---|
649 | {
|
---|
650 | asection *s = NULL;
|
---|
651 |
|
---|
652 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
|
---|
653 | other members to see if any others are linked via
|
---|
654 | next_in_group. */
|
---|
655 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
|
---|
656 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
|
---|
657 | while (--n_elt != 0)
|
---|
658 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
|
---|
659 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
|
---|
660 | break;
|
---|
661 | if (n_elt != 0)
|
---|
662 | {
|
---|
663 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
|
---|
664 | insert current section in circular list. */
|
---|
665 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
|
---|
666 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
|
---|
667 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
|
---|
668 | }
|
---|
669 | else
|
---|
670 | {
|
---|
671 | const char *gname;
|
---|
672 |
|
---|
673 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
|
---|
674 | if (gname == NULL)
|
---|
675 | return FALSE;
|
---|
676 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
|
---|
677 |
|
---|
678 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */
|
---|
679 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
|
---|
680 | }
|
---|
681 |
|
---|
682 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the
|
---|
683 | new member. */
|
---|
684 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
---|
685 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
|
---|
686 |
|
---|
687 | i = num_group - 1;
|
---|
688 | break;
|
---|
689 | }
|
---|
690 | }
|
---|
691 | }
|
---|
692 |
|
---|
693 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
|
---|
694 | {
|
---|
695 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: no group info for section %s"),
|
---|
696 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), newsect->name);
|
---|
697 | }
|
---|
698 | return TRUE;
|
---|
699 | }
|
---|
700 |
|
---|
701 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
702 | bfd_elf_discard_group (abfd, group)
|
---|
703 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
704 | asection *group;
|
---|
705 | {
|
---|
706 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (group);
|
---|
707 | asection *s = first;
|
---|
708 |
|
---|
709 | while (s != NULL)
|
---|
710 | {
|
---|
711 | s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
---|
712 | s = elf_next_in_group (s);
|
---|
713 | /* These lists are circular. */
|
---|
714 | if (s == first)
|
---|
715 | break;
|
---|
716 | }
|
---|
717 | return TRUE;
|
---|
718 | }
|
---|
719 |
|
---|
720 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
|
---|
721 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
|
---|
722 |
|
---|
723 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
724 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
|
---|
725 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
726 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
727 | const char *name;
|
---|
728 | {
|
---|
729 | asection *newsect;
|
---|
730 | flagword flags;
|
---|
731 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
732 |
|
---|
733 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
---|
734 | {
|
---|
735 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
|
---|
736 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
|
---|
737 | return TRUE;
|
---|
738 | }
|
---|
739 |
|
---|
740 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
|
---|
741 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
---|
742 | return FALSE;
|
---|
743 |
|
---|
744 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
---|
745 |
|
---|
746 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
|
---|
747 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
748 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
|
---|
749 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
|
---|
750 | return FALSE;
|
---|
751 |
|
---|
752 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
|
---|
753 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
---|
754 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
755 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
|
---|
756 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
---|
757 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
758 | {
|
---|
759 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
---|
760 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
---|
761 | flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
---|
762 | }
|
---|
763 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
|
---|
764 | flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
---|
765 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
|
---|
766 | flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
---|
767 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
768 | flags |= SEC_DATA;
|
---|
769 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
|
---|
770 | {
|
---|
771 | flags |= SEC_MERGE;
|
---|
772 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
|
---|
773 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
|
---|
774 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
|
---|
775 | }
|
---|
776 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
|
---|
777 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
|
---|
778 | return FALSE;
|
---|
779 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
|
---|
780 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
|
---|
781 |
|
---|
782 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not
|
---|
783 | any sort of flag. */
|
---|
784 | {
|
---|
785 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] =
|
---|
786 | {
|
---|
787 | ".debug",
|
---|
788 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.",
|
---|
789 | ".line",
|
---|
790 | ".stab"
|
---|
791 | };
|
---|
792 | int i;
|
---|
793 |
|
---|
794 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sec_names); i--;)
|
---|
795 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0)
|
---|
796 | break;
|
---|
797 |
|
---|
798 | if (i >= 0)
|
---|
799 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
---|
800 | }
|
---|
801 |
|
---|
802 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
|
---|
803 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
|
---|
804 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
|
---|
805 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
|
---|
806 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
|
---|
807 | all but one of the sections. */
|
---|
808 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
|
---|
809 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
|
---|
810 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
---|
811 |
|
---|
812 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
813 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
|
---|
814 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
|
---|
815 | return FALSE;
|
---|
816 |
|
---|
817 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
|
---|
818 | return FALSE;
|
---|
819 |
|
---|
820 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
821 | {
|
---|
822 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
|
---|
823 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
|
---|
826 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
|
---|
827 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */
|
---|
828 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
---|
829 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
---|
830 | {
|
---|
831 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
|
---|
832 | break;
|
---|
833 | }
|
---|
834 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
|
---|
835 | {
|
---|
836 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
---|
837 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
---|
838 | {
|
---|
839 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file
|
---|
840 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
|
---|
841 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
|
---|
842 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
|
---|
843 |
|
---|
844 | Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
|
---|
845 | refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
|
---|
846 | though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
|
---|
847 | have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
|
---|
848 | place special significance on the address 0 and
|
---|
849 | executables need to be able to have a segment which
|
---|
850 | covers this address. */
|
---|
851 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
852 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
|
---|
853 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
|
---|
854 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
|
---|
855 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
---|
856 | || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
|
---|
857 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
|
---|
858 | {
|
---|
859 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
---|
860 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
|
---|
861 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
|
---|
862 | else
|
---|
863 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
|
---|
864 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
|
---|
865 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
|
---|
866 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
|
---|
867 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
|
---|
868 | segment will contain sections with contiguous
|
---|
869 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
|
---|
870 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
|
---|
871 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
|
---|
872 |
|
---|
873 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
|
---|
874 | offsets whether a section with zero size should
|
---|
875 | be placed at the end of one segment or the
|
---|
876 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
|
---|
877 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
|
---|
878 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
|
---|
879 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
|
---|
880 | break;
|
---|
881 | }
|
---|
882 | }
|
---|
883 | }
|
---|
884 | }
|
---|
885 |
|
---|
886 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
---|
887 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
888 |
|
---|
889 | return TRUE;
|
---|
890 | }
|
---|
891 |
|
---|
892 | /*
|
---|
893 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION
|
---|
894 | bfd_elf_find_section
|
---|
895 |
|
---|
896 | SYNOPSIS
|
---|
897 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
|
---|
898 |
|
---|
899 | DESCRIPTION
|
---|
900 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
|
---|
901 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
|
---|
902 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
|
---|
903 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
|
---|
904 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
|
---|
905 | */
|
---|
906 |
|
---|
907 | struct elf_internal_shdr *
|
---|
908 | bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name)
|
---|
909 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
910 | char *name;
|
---|
911 | {
|
---|
912 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
913 | char *shstrtab;
|
---|
914 | unsigned int max;
|
---|
915 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
916 |
|
---|
917 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
918 | if (i_shdrp != NULL)
|
---|
919 | {
|
---|
920 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
|
---|
921 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
|
---|
922 | if (shstrtab != NULL)
|
---|
923 | {
|
---|
924 | max = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
925 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
|
---|
926 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
|
---|
927 | return i_shdrp[i];
|
---|
928 | }
|
---|
929 | }
|
---|
930 | return 0;
|
---|
931 | }
|
---|
932 |
|
---|
933 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
|
---|
934 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
|
---|
935 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
|
---|
936 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
|
---|
937 | };
|
---|
938 |
|
---|
939 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable
|
---|
940 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
|
---|
941 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
|
---|
942 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
|
---|
943 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
|
---|
944 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
|
---|
945 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
|
---|
946 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
|
---|
947 | relocateable output against an external symbol. */
|
---|
948 |
|
---|
949 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
---|
950 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd,
|
---|
951 | reloc_entry,
|
---|
952 | symbol,
|
---|
953 | data,
|
---|
954 | input_section,
|
---|
955 | output_bfd,
|
---|
956 | error_message)
|
---|
957 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
958 | arelent *reloc_entry;
|
---|
959 | asymbol *symbol;
|
---|
960 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
961 | asection *input_section;
|
---|
962 | bfd *output_bfd;
|
---|
963 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
964 | {
|
---|
965 | if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL
|
---|
966 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
---|
967 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
|
---|
968 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
|
---|
969 | {
|
---|
970 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
---|
971 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
---|
972 | }
|
---|
973 |
|
---|
974 | return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
---|
975 | }
|
---|
976 | |
---|
977 |
|
---|
978 | /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
|
---|
979 |
|
---|
980 | static void
|
---|
981 | merge_sections_remove_hook (abfd, sec)
|
---|
982 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
983 | asection *sec;
|
---|
984 | {
|
---|
985 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
|
---|
986 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
|
---|
987 | }
|
---|
988 |
|
---|
989 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
|
---|
990 |
|
---|
991 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
992 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (abfd, info)
|
---|
993 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
994 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
995 | {
|
---|
996 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
---|
997 | return FALSE;
|
---|
998 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info)
|
---|
999 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
|
---|
1000 | merge_sections_remove_hook);
|
---|
1001 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1002 | }
|
---|
1003 |
|
---|
1004 | void
|
---|
1005 | _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec, info)
|
---|
1006 | asection *sec;
|
---|
1007 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
1008 | {
|
---|
1009 | sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
---|
1010 | sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
|
---|
1011 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
---|
1012 | return;
|
---|
1013 |
|
---|
1014 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
|
---|
1015 | }
|
---|
1016 | |
---|
1017 |
|
---|
1018 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
|
---|
1019 | another. */
|
---|
1020 |
|
---|
1021 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
1022 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
|
---|
1023 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
1024 | bfd *obfd;
|
---|
1025 | {
|
---|
1026 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1027 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
1028 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1029 |
|
---|
1030 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
|
---|
1031 | || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
|
---|
1032 | == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
|
---|
1033 |
|
---|
1034 | elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
|
---|
1035 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
|
---|
1036 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
|
---|
1037 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1038 | }
|
---|
1039 |
|
---|
1040 | /* Print out the program headers. */
|
---|
1041 |
|
---|
1042 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
1043 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg)
|
---|
1044 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1045 | PTR farg;
|
---|
1046 | {
|
---|
1047 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
|
---|
1048 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
---|
1049 | asection *s;
|
---|
1050 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
---|
1051 |
|
---|
1052 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
---|
1053 | if (p != NULL)
|
---|
1054 | {
|
---|
1055 | unsigned int i, c;
|
---|
1056 |
|
---|
1057 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
|
---|
1058 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
---|
1059 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
|
---|
1060 | {
|
---|
1061 | const char *pt;
|
---|
1062 | char buf[20];
|
---|
1063 |
|
---|
1064 | switch (p->p_type)
|
---|
1065 | {
|
---|
1066 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
|
---|
1067 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
|
---|
1068 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
|
---|
1069 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
|
---|
1070 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
|
---|
1071 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
|
---|
1072 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
|
---|
1073 | case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
|
---|
1074 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
|
---|
1075 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break;
|
---|
1076 | }
|
---|
1077 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
|
---|
1078 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
|
---|
1079 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
|
---|
1080 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
|
---|
1081 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
|
---|
1082 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
|
---|
1083 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
|
---|
1084 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
|
---|
1085 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
|
---|
1086 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
|
---|
1087 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
|
---|
1088 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
|
---|
1089 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
|
---|
1090 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
|
---|
1091 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
|
---|
1092 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
|
---|
1093 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
|
---|
1094 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
---|
1095 | }
|
---|
1096 | }
|
---|
1097 |
|
---|
1098 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
---|
1099 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
1100 | {
|
---|
1101 | int elfsec;
|
---|
1102 | unsigned long shlink;
|
---|
1103 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
---|
1104 | size_t extdynsize;
|
---|
1105 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
---|
1106 |
|
---|
1107 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
|
---|
1108 |
|
---|
1109 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
---|
1110 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
---|
1111 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1112 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
---|
1113 | s->_raw_size))
|
---|
1114 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1115 |
|
---|
1116 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
---|
1117 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
---|
1118 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1119 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
---|
1120 |
|
---|
1121 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
---|
1122 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
---|
1123 |
|
---|
1124 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
---|
1125 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
---|
1126 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
---|
1127 | {
|
---|
1128 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
---|
1129 | const char *name;
|
---|
1130 | char ab[20];
|
---|
1131 | bfd_boolean stringp;
|
---|
1132 |
|
---|
1133 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
---|
1134 |
|
---|
1135 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
---|
1136 | break;
|
---|
1137 |
|
---|
1138 | stringp = FALSE;
|
---|
1139 | switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
---|
1140 | {
|
---|
1141 | default:
|
---|
1142 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
|
---|
1143 | name = ab;
|
---|
1144 | break;
|
---|
1145 |
|
---|
1146 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1147 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
|
---|
1148 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
|
---|
1149 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
|
---|
1150 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
|
---|
1151 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
|
---|
1152 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
|
---|
1153 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
|
---|
1154 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
|
---|
1155 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
|
---|
1156 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
|
---|
1157 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
|
---|
1158 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
|
---|
1159 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1160 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1161 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
|
---|
1162 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
|
---|
1163 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
|
---|
1164 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
|
---|
1165 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
|
---|
1166 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
|
---|
1167 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
|
---|
1168 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
|
---|
1169 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
|
---|
1170 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
---|
1171 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
|
---|
1172 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
---|
1173 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
---|
1174 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1175 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
|
---|
1176 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
---|
1177 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
---|
1178 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
|
---|
1179 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
|
---|
1180 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
|
---|
1181 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
|
---|
1182 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
|
---|
1183 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
|
---|
1184 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
|
---|
1185 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
|
---|
1186 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1187 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1188 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1189 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
|
---|
1190 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
|
---|
1191 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
|
---|
1192 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
|
---|
1193 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
|
---|
1194 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
|
---|
1195 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
|
---|
1196 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
|
---|
1197 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
|
---|
1198 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
|
---|
1199 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
|
---|
1200 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1201 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
|
---|
1202 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
---|
1203 | }
|
---|
1204 |
|
---|
1205 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
|
---|
1206 | if (! stringp)
|
---|
1207 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
---|
1208 | else
|
---|
1209 | {
|
---|
1210 | const char *string;
|
---|
1211 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
|
---|
1212 |
|
---|
1213 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
|
---|
1214 | if (string == NULL)
|
---|
1215 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1216 | fprintf (f, "%s", string);
|
---|
1217 | }
|
---|
1218 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
---|
1219 | }
|
---|
1220 |
|
---|
1221 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
1222 | dynbuf = NULL;
|
---|
1223 | }
|
---|
1224 |
|
---|
1225 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
---|
1226 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
|
---|
1227 | {
|
---|
1228 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd))
|
---|
1229 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1230 | }
|
---|
1231 |
|
---|
1232 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
1233 | {
|
---|
1234 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
|
---|
1235 |
|
---|
1236 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
|
---|
1237 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
|
---|
1238 | {
|
---|
1239 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
|
---|
1240 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename);
|
---|
1241 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
|
---|
1242 | {
|
---|
1243 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
|
---|
1244 |
|
---|
1245 | fprintf (f, "\t");
|
---|
1246 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
|
---|
1247 | a != NULL;
|
---|
1248 | a = a->vda_nextptr)
|
---|
1249 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename);
|
---|
1250 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
---|
1251 | }
|
---|
1252 | }
|
---|
1253 | }
|
---|
1254 |
|
---|
1255 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
1256 | {
|
---|
1257 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
---|
1258 |
|
---|
1259 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
|
---|
1260 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
|
---|
1261 | {
|
---|
1262 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
---|
1263 |
|
---|
1264 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename);
|
---|
1265 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
---|
1266 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
|
---|
1267 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename);
|
---|
1268 | }
|
---|
1269 | }
|
---|
1270 |
|
---|
1271 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1272 |
|
---|
1273 | error_return:
|
---|
1274 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
---|
1275 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
1276 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1277 | }
|
---|
1278 |
|
---|
1279 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
|
---|
1280 |
|
---|
1281 | void
|
---|
1282 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how)
|
---|
1283 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1284 | PTR filep;
|
---|
1285 | asymbol *symbol;
|
---|
1286 | bfd_print_symbol_type how;
|
---|
1287 | {
|
---|
1288 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
|
---|
1289 | switch (how)
|
---|
1290 | {
|
---|
1291 | case bfd_print_symbol_name:
|
---|
1292 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
|
---|
1293 | break;
|
---|
1294 | case bfd_print_symbol_more:
|
---|
1295 | fprintf (file, "elf ");
|
---|
1296 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
|
---|
1297 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
|
---|
1298 | break;
|
---|
1299 | case bfd_print_symbol_all:
|
---|
1300 | {
|
---|
1301 | const char *section_name;
|
---|
1302 | const char *name = NULL;
|
---|
1303 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
1304 | unsigned char st_other;
|
---|
1305 | bfd_vma val;
|
---|
1306 |
|
---|
1307 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
|
---|
1308 |
|
---|
1309 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
1310 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
|
---|
1311 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
|
---|
1312 |
|
---|
1313 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
1314 | {
|
---|
1315 | name = symbol->name;
|
---|
1316 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, (PTR) file, symbol);
|
---|
1317 | }
|
---|
1318 |
|
---|
1319 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
|
---|
1320 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
|
---|
1321 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
|
---|
1322 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
|
---|
1323 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */
|
---|
1324 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
|
---|
1325 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
---|
1326 | else
|
---|
1327 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
|
---|
1328 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
|
---|
1329 |
|
---|
1330 | /* If we have version information, print it. */
|
---|
1331 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
|
---|
1332 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
|
---|
1333 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
|
---|
1334 | {
|
---|
1335 | unsigned int vernum;
|
---|
1336 | const char *version_string;
|
---|
1337 |
|
---|
1338 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
|
---|
1339 |
|
---|
1340 | if (vernum == 0)
|
---|
1341 | version_string = "";
|
---|
1342 | else if (vernum == 1)
|
---|
1343 | version_string = "Base";
|
---|
1344 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
|
---|
1345 | version_string =
|
---|
1346 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
|
---|
1347 | else
|
---|
1348 | {
|
---|
1349 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
---|
1350 |
|
---|
1351 | version_string = "";
|
---|
1352 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
---|
1353 | t != NULL;
|
---|
1354 | t = t->vn_nextref)
|
---|
1355 | {
|
---|
1356 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
---|
1357 |
|
---|
1358 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
---|
1359 | {
|
---|
1360 | if (a->vna_other == vernum)
|
---|
1361 | {
|
---|
1362 | version_string = a->vna_nodename;
|
---|
1363 | break;
|
---|
1364 | }
|
---|
1365 | }
|
---|
1366 | }
|
---|
1367 | }
|
---|
1368 |
|
---|
1369 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
|
---|
1370 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
|
---|
1371 | else
|
---|
1372 | {
|
---|
1373 | int i;
|
---|
1374 |
|
---|
1375 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
|
---|
1376 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
|
---|
1377 | putc (' ', file);
|
---|
1378 | }
|
---|
1379 | }
|
---|
1380 |
|
---|
1381 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
|
---|
1382 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
---|
1383 |
|
---|
1384 | switch (st_other)
|
---|
1385 | {
|
---|
1386 | case 0: break;
|
---|
1387 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
|
---|
1388 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
|
---|
1389 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
|
---|
1390 | default:
|
---|
1391 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
|
---|
1392 | everything hex. */
|
---|
1393 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
|
---|
1394 | }
|
---|
1395 |
|
---|
1396 | fprintf (file, " %s", name);
|
---|
1397 | }
|
---|
1398 | break;
|
---|
1399 | }
|
---|
1400 | }
|
---|
1401 | |
---|
1402 |
|
---|
1403 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
|
---|
1404 |
|
---|
1405 | struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
---|
1406 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
|
---|
1407 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
|
---|
1408 | struct bfd_hash_table *table;
|
---|
1409 | const char *string;
|
---|
1410 | {
|
---|
1411 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
---|
1412 | subclass. */
|
---|
1413 | if (entry == NULL)
|
---|
1414 | {
|
---|
1415 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
|
---|
1416 | if (entry == NULL)
|
---|
1417 | return entry;
|
---|
1418 | }
|
---|
1419 |
|
---|
1420 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
---|
1421 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
|
---|
1422 | if (entry != NULL)
|
---|
1423 | {
|
---|
1424 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
---|
1425 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
|
---|
1426 |
|
---|
1427 | /* Set local fields. */
|
---|
1428 | ret->indx = -1;
|
---|
1429 | ret->dynindx = -1;
|
---|
1430 | ret->dynstr_index = 0;
|
---|
1431 | ret->elf_hash_value = 0;
|
---|
1432 | ret->weakdef = NULL;
|
---|
1433 | ret->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
|
---|
1434 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL;
|
---|
1435 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0;
|
---|
1436 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL;
|
---|
1437 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL;
|
---|
1438 | ret->got = htab->init_refcount;
|
---|
1439 | ret->plt = htab->init_refcount;
|
---|
1440 | ret->size = 0;
|
---|
1441 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
---|
1442 | ret->other = 0;
|
---|
1443 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
|
---|
1444 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
|
---|
1445 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
|
---|
1446 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */
|
---|
1447 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
|
---|
1448 | }
|
---|
1449 |
|
---|
1450 | return entry;
|
---|
1451 | }
|
---|
1452 |
|
---|
1453 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
|
---|
1454 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
|
---|
1455 |
|
---|
1456 | void
|
---|
1457 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind)
|
---|
1458 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
1459 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
|
---|
1460 | {
|
---|
1461 | bfd_signed_vma tmp;
|
---|
1462 | bfd_signed_vma lowest_valid = bed->can_refcount;
|
---|
1463 |
|
---|
1464 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
|
---|
1465 | symbol which just became indirect. */
|
---|
1466 |
|
---|
1467 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |=
|
---|
1468 | (ind->elf_link_hash_flags
|
---|
1469 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
|
---|
1470 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
|
---|
1471 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK
|
---|
1472 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF));
|
---|
1473 |
|
---|
1474 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
---|
1475 | return;
|
---|
1476 |
|
---|
1477 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
|
---|
1478 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
|
---|
1479 | tmp = dir->got.refcount;
|
---|
1480 | if (tmp < lowest_valid)
|
---|
1481 | {
|
---|
1482 | dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount;
|
---|
1483 | ind->got.refcount = tmp;
|
---|
1484 | }
|
---|
1485 | else
|
---|
1486 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid);
|
---|
1487 |
|
---|
1488 | tmp = dir->plt.refcount;
|
---|
1489 | if (tmp < lowest_valid)
|
---|
1490 | {
|
---|
1491 | dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount;
|
---|
1492 | ind->plt.refcount = tmp;
|
---|
1493 | }
|
---|
1494 | else
|
---|
1495 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid);
|
---|
1496 |
|
---|
1497 | if (dir->dynindx == -1)
|
---|
1498 | {
|
---|
1499 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
|
---|
1500 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
|
---|
1501 | ind->dynindx = -1;
|
---|
1502 | ind->dynstr_index = 0;
|
---|
1503 | }
|
---|
1504 | else
|
---|
1505 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1);
|
---|
1506 | }
|
---|
1507 |
|
---|
1508 | void
|
---|
1509 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, force_local)
|
---|
1510 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
1511 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
---|
1512 | bfd_boolean force_local;
|
---|
1513 | {
|
---|
1514 | h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_offset;
|
---|
1515 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
|
---|
1516 | if (force_local)
|
---|
1517 | {
|
---|
1518 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL;
|
---|
1519 | if (h->dynindx != -1)
|
---|
1520 | {
|
---|
1521 | h->dynindx = -1;
|
---|
1522 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
|
---|
1523 | h->dynstr_index);
|
---|
1524 | }
|
---|
1525 | }
|
---|
1526 | }
|
---|
1527 |
|
---|
1528 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
|
---|
1529 |
|
---|
1530 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
1531 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc)
|
---|
1532 | struct elf_link_hash_table *table;
|
---|
1533 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1534 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc)
|
---|
1535 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *,
|
---|
1536 | const char *));
|
---|
1537 | {
|
---|
1538 | bfd_boolean ret;
|
---|
1539 |
|
---|
1540 | table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
|
---|
1541 | table->dynobj = NULL;
|
---|
1542 | /* Make sure can_refcount is extended to the width and signedness of
|
---|
1543 | init_refcount before we subtract one from it. */
|
---|
1544 | table->init_refcount.refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
|
---|
1545 | table->init_refcount.refcount -= 1;
|
---|
1546 | table->init_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
|
---|
1547 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
|
---|
1548 | table->dynsymcount = 1;
|
---|
1549 | table->dynstr = NULL;
|
---|
1550 | table->bucketcount = 0;
|
---|
1551 | table->needed = NULL;
|
---|
1552 | table->hgot = NULL;
|
---|
1553 | table->stab_info = NULL;
|
---|
1554 | table->merge_info = NULL;
|
---|
1555 | memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
|
---|
1556 | table->dynlocal = NULL;
|
---|
1557 | table->runpath = NULL;
|
---|
1558 | table->tls_segment = NULL;
|
---|
1559 | table->loaded = NULL;
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
|
---|
1562 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
|
---|
1563 |
|
---|
1564 | return ret;
|
---|
1565 | }
|
---|
1566 |
|
---|
1567 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
|
---|
1568 |
|
---|
1569 | struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
---|
1570 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
|
---|
1571 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1572 | {
|
---|
1573 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
|
---|
1574 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
|
---|
1575 |
|
---|
1576 | ret = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
---|
1577 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
|
---|
1578 | return NULL;
|
---|
1579 |
|
---|
1580 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
|
---|
1581 | {
|
---|
1582 | free (ret);
|
---|
1583 | return NULL;
|
---|
1584 | }
|
---|
1585 |
|
---|
1586 | return &ret->root;
|
---|
1587 | }
|
---|
1588 |
|
---|
1589 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
|
---|
1590 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
|
---|
1591 | entry for a dynamic object. The generic linker passes name as an
|
---|
1592 | empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made. */
|
---|
1593 |
|
---|
1594 | void
|
---|
1595 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name)
|
---|
1596 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1597 | const char *name;
|
---|
1598 | {
|
---|
1599 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1600 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
1601 | elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
|
---|
1602 | }
|
---|
1603 |
|
---|
1604 | void
|
---|
1605 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_soname (abfd, name)
|
---|
1606 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1607 | const char *name;
|
---|
1608 | {
|
---|
1609 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1610 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
1611 | elf_dt_soname (abfd) = name;
|
---|
1612 | }
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
|
---|
1615 | the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
---|
1616 |
|
---|
1617 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
---|
1618 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info)
|
---|
1619 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
1620 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
1621 | {
|
---|
1622 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
---|
1623 | return NULL;
|
---|
1624 | return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
|
---|
1625 | }
|
---|
1626 |
|
---|
1627 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
|
---|
1628 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
---|
1629 |
|
---|
1630 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
---|
1631 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (abfd, info)
|
---|
1632 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
1633 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
1634 | {
|
---|
1635 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
---|
1636 | return NULL;
|
---|
1637 | return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
|
---|
1638 | }
|
---|
1639 |
|
---|
1640 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
|
---|
1641 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
|
---|
1642 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
|
---|
1643 |
|
---|
1644 | const char *
|
---|
1645 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd)
|
---|
1646 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1647 | {
|
---|
1648 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1649 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
1650 | return elf_dt_name (abfd);
|
---|
1651 | return NULL;
|
---|
1652 | }
|
---|
1653 |
|
---|
1654 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
|
---|
1655 | the ELF linker emulation code. */
|
---|
1656 |
|
---|
1657 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
1658 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (abfd, pneeded)
|
---|
1659 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1660 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded;
|
---|
1661 | {
|
---|
1662 | asection *s;
|
---|
1663 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
---|
1664 | int elfsec;
|
---|
1665 | unsigned long shlink;
|
---|
1666 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
---|
1667 | size_t extdynsize;
|
---|
1668 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
---|
1669 |
|
---|
1670 | *pneeded = NULL;
|
---|
1671 |
|
---|
1672 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1673 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
|
---|
1674 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1675 |
|
---|
1676 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
---|
1677 | if (s == NULL || s->_raw_size == 0)
|
---|
1678 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1679 |
|
---|
1680 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
---|
1681 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
---|
1682 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1683 |
|
---|
1684 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
---|
1685 | s->_raw_size))
|
---|
1686 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1687 |
|
---|
1688 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
---|
1689 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
---|
1690 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1691 |
|
---|
1692 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
---|
1693 |
|
---|
1694 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
---|
1695 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
---|
1696 |
|
---|
1697 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
---|
1698 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
---|
1699 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
---|
1700 | {
|
---|
1701 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
---|
1702 |
|
---|
1703 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
---|
1704 |
|
---|
1705 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
---|
1706 | break;
|
---|
1707 |
|
---|
1708 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
|
---|
1709 | {
|
---|
1710 | const char *string;
|
---|
1711 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
|
---|
1712 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
|
---|
1713 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
1714 |
|
---|
1715 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
|
---|
1716 | if (string == NULL)
|
---|
1717 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1718 |
|
---|
1719 | amt = sizeof *l;
|
---|
1720 | l = (struct bfd_link_needed_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
1721 | if (l == NULL)
|
---|
1722 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1723 |
|
---|
1724 | l->by = abfd;
|
---|
1725 | l->name = string;
|
---|
1726 | l->next = *pneeded;
|
---|
1727 | *pneeded = l;
|
---|
1728 | }
|
---|
1729 | }
|
---|
1730 |
|
---|
1731 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
1732 |
|
---|
1733 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1734 |
|
---|
1735 | error_return:
|
---|
1736 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
---|
1737 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
1738 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1739 | }
|
---|
1740 | |
---|
1741 |
|
---|
1742 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
|
---|
1743 |
|
---|
1744 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *
|
---|
1745 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ()
|
---|
1746 | {
|
---|
1747 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
|
---|
1748 |
|
---|
1749 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
|
---|
1750 | if (ret != NULL)
|
---|
1751 | {
|
---|
1752 | bfd_size_type loc;
|
---|
1753 |
|
---|
1754 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
|
---|
1755 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
|
---|
1756 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
|
---|
1757 | {
|
---|
1758 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
|
---|
1759 | ret = NULL;
|
---|
1760 | }
|
---|
1761 | }
|
---|
1762 | return ret;
|
---|
1763 | }
|
---|
1764 | |
---|
1765 |
|
---|
1766 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
|
---|
1767 |
|
---|
1768 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
|
---|
1769 |
|
---|
1770 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
1771 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)
|
---|
1772 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1773 | unsigned int shindex;
|
---|
1774 | {
|
---|
1775 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
---|
1776 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
1777 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
1778 | const char *name;
|
---|
1779 |
|
---|
1780 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name);
|
---|
1781 |
|
---|
1782 | switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
---|
1783 | {
|
---|
1784 | case SHT_NULL:
|
---|
1785 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
|
---|
1786 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1787 |
|
---|
1788 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
|
---|
1789 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
|
---|
1790 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
|
---|
1791 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
|
---|
1792 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
|
---|
1793 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
|
---|
1794 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
|
---|
1795 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1796 |
|
---|
1797 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
|
---|
1798 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
---|
1799 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1800 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
|
---|
1801 | {
|
---|
1802 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
|
---|
1803 |
|
---|
1804 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
|
---|
1805 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
|
---|
1806 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
|
---|
1807 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
1808 | {
|
---|
1809 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
|
---|
1810 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
|
---|
1811 | }
|
---|
1812 | else
|
---|
1813 | {
|
---|
1814 | unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
---|
1815 |
|
---|
1816 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
1817 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
|
---|
1818 | {
|
---|
1819 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
---|
1820 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
---|
1821 | {
|
---|
1822 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
|
---|
1823 | break;
|
---|
1824 | }
|
---|
1825 | }
|
---|
1826 | }
|
---|
1827 | }
|
---|
1828 | break;
|
---|
1829 |
|
---|
1830 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
|
---|
1831 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
---|
1832 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1833 |
|
---|
1834 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
---|
1835 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
---|
1836 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1837 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1838 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
1839 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
---|
1840 |
|
---|
1841 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
|
---|
1842 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
|
---|
1843 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
|
---|
1844 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
|
---|
1845 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the
|
---|
1846 | linker. */
|
---|
1847 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
|
---|
1848 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
|
---|
1849 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
---|
1850 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1851 |
|
---|
1852 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1853 |
|
---|
1854 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
|
---|
1855 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
---|
1856 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1857 |
|
---|
1858 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
---|
1859 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
---|
1860 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1861 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1862 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
---|
1863 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
---|
1864 |
|
---|
1865 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
|
---|
1866 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
|
---|
1867 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1868 |
|
---|
1869 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
|
---|
1870 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
|
---|
1871 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1872 |
|
---|
1873 | /* Get the associated symbol table. */
|
---|
1874 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)
|
---|
1875 | || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd))
|
---|
1876 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1877 |
|
---|
1878 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1879 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1880 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
---|
1881 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1882 |
|
---|
1883 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
|
---|
1884 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
---|
1885 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1886 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
|
---|
1887 | {
|
---|
1888 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1889 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
1890 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1891 | }
|
---|
1892 | {
|
---|
1893 | unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
---|
1894 |
|
---|
1895 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
1896 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
|
---|
1897 | {
|
---|
1898 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
---|
1899 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
---|
1900 | {
|
---|
1901 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
|
---|
1902 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1903 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
|
---|
1904 | {
|
---|
1905 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1906 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] =
|
---|
1907 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
1908 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1909 | }
|
---|
1910 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
|
---|
1911 | {
|
---|
1912 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1913 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr =
|
---|
1914 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
1915 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so
|
---|
1916 | that objcopy can handle it. */
|
---|
1917 | break;
|
---|
1918 | }
|
---|
1919 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */
|
---|
1920 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */
|
---|
1921 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */
|
---|
1922 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section;
|
---|
1923 | if (!newsect)
|
---|
1924 | break;
|
---|
1925 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
---|
1926 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr;
|
---|
1927 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
---|
1928 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
---|
1929 | #endif
|
---|
1930 | }
|
---|
1931 | }
|
---|
1932 | }
|
---|
1933 |
|
---|
1934 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1935 |
|
---|
1936 | case SHT_REL:
|
---|
1937 | case SHT_RELA:
|
---|
1938 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
|
---|
1939 | {
|
---|
1940 | asection *target_sect;
|
---|
1941 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
|
---|
1942 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
1943 |
|
---|
1944 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
|
---|
1945 | if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
|
---|
1946 | || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
|
---|
1947 | {
|
---|
1948 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
1949 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
|
---|
1950 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
|
---|
1951 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1952 | }
|
---|
1953 |
|
---|
1954 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
|
---|
1955 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
|
---|
1956 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
|
---|
1957 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
|
---|
1958 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
|
---|
1959 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
|
---|
1960 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
|
---|
1961 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
1962 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
|
---|
1963 | {
|
---|
1964 | unsigned int scan;
|
---|
1965 | int found;
|
---|
1966 |
|
---|
1967 | found = 0;
|
---|
1968 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
|
---|
1969 | {
|
---|
1970 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
1971 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
---|
1972 | {
|
---|
1973 | if (found != 0)
|
---|
1974 | {
|
---|
1975 | found = 0;
|
---|
1976 | break;
|
---|
1977 | }
|
---|
1978 | found = scan;
|
---|
1979 | }
|
---|
1980 | }
|
---|
1981 | if (found != 0)
|
---|
1982 | hdr->sh_link = found;
|
---|
1983 | }
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | /* Get the symbol table. */
|
---|
1986 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
1987 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
|
---|
1988 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1989 |
|
---|
1990 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
|
---|
1991 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
|
---|
1992 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
|
---|
1993 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
|
---|
1994 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
|
---|
1995 | section. */
|
---|
1996 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
|
---|
1997 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1998 |
|
---|
1999 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
|
---|
2000 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2001 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
|
---|
2002 | if (target_sect == NULL)
|
---|
2003 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2004 |
|
---|
2005 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
---|
2006 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
|
---|
2007 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
|
---|
2008 | else
|
---|
2009 | {
|
---|
2010 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
2011 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
|
---|
2012 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
|
---|
2013 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
2014 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
|
---|
2015 | }
|
---|
2016 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
---|
2017 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
---|
2018 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
|
---|
2019 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
|
---|
2020 | target_sect->relocation = NULL;
|
---|
2021 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
---|
2022 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
|
---|
2023 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
|
---|
2024 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
---|
2025 | target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
|
---|
2026 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
|
---|
2027 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2028 | }
|
---|
2029 | break;
|
---|
2030 |
|
---|
2031 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
---|
2032 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
2033 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
2034 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
2035 | break;
|
---|
2036 |
|
---|
2037 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
---|
2038 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
2039 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
2040 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
2041 | break;
|
---|
2042 |
|
---|
2043 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
---|
2044 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
2045 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
2046 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
2047 | break;
|
---|
2048 |
|
---|
2049 | case SHT_SHLIB:
|
---|
2050 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2051 |
|
---|
2052 | case SHT_GROUP:
|
---|
2053 | /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
|
---|
2054 | and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
|
---|
2055 | name. */
|
---|
2056 | name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
|
---|
2057 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
2058 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2059 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
---|
2060 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2061 | if (hdr->contents != NULL)
|
---|
2062 | {
|
---|
2063 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
|
---|
2064 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
|
---|
2065 | asection *s;
|
---|
2066 |
|
---|
2067 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
|
---|
2068 | hdr->bfd_section->flags
|
---|
2069 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
---|
2070 |
|
---|
2071 | while (--n_elt != 0)
|
---|
2072 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
|
---|
2073 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
|
---|
2074 | {
|
---|
2075 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
|
---|
2076 | break;
|
---|
2077 | }
|
---|
2078 | }
|
---|
2079 | break;
|
---|
2080 |
|
---|
2081 | default:
|
---|
2082 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
|
---|
2083 | {
|
---|
2084 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr)
|
---|
2085 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
2086 | }
|
---|
2087 | break;
|
---|
2088 | }
|
---|
2089 |
|
---|
2090 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2091 | }
|
---|
2092 |
|
---|
2093 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
|
---|
2094 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
|
---|
2095 |
|
---|
2096 | asection *
|
---|
2097 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (abfd, cache, sec, r_symndx)
|
---|
2098 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2099 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache;
|
---|
2100 | asection *sec;
|
---|
2101 | unsigned long r_symndx;
|
---|
2102 | {
|
---|
2103 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
---|
2104 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
|
---|
2105 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
|
---|
2106 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
|
---|
2107 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
|
---|
2108 |
|
---|
2109 | if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
|
---|
2110 | return cache->sec[ent];
|
---|
2111 |
|
---|
2112 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
2113 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
|
---|
2114 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
|
---|
2115 | return NULL;
|
---|
2116 |
|
---|
2117 | if (cache->abfd != abfd)
|
---|
2118 | {
|
---|
2119 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
|
---|
2120 | cache->abfd = abfd;
|
---|
2121 | }
|
---|
2122 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
|
---|
2123 | cache->sec[ent] = sec;
|
---|
2124 | if (isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
|
---|
2125 | {
|
---|
2126 | asection *s;
|
---|
2127 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
|
---|
2128 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2129 | cache->sec[ent] = s;
|
---|
2130 | }
|
---|
2131 | return cache->sec[ent];
|
---|
2132 | }
|
---|
2133 |
|
---|
2134 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
|
---|
2135 | section. */
|
---|
2136 |
|
---|
2137 | asection *
|
---|
2138 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index)
|
---|
2139 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2140 | unsigned int index;
|
---|
2141 | {
|
---|
2142 | if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
|
---|
2143 | return NULL;
|
---|
2144 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
|
---|
2145 | }
|
---|
2146 |
|
---|
2147 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
2148 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
|
---|
2149 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2150 | asection *sec;
|
---|
2151 | {
|
---|
2152 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
|
---|
2153 |
|
---|
2154 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
|
---|
2155 | if (sdata == NULL)
|
---|
2156 | {
|
---|
2157 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
|
---|
2158 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
2159 | if (sdata == NULL)
|
---|
2160 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2161 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
|
---|
2162 | }
|
---|
2163 |
|
---|
2164 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
|
---|
2165 | sec->use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->default_use_rela_p;
|
---|
2166 |
|
---|
2167 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2168 | }
|
---|
2169 |
|
---|
2170 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
|
---|
2171 |
|
---|
2172 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
|
---|
2173 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
|
---|
2174 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
|
---|
2175 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
|
---|
2176 |
|
---|
2177 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
|
---|
2178 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
|
---|
2179 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
|
---|
2180 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
|
---|
2181 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
|
---|
2182 | of combined data+bss.
|
---|
2183 |
|
---|
2184 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
|
---|
2185 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
|
---|
2186 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
|
---|
2187 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
|
---|
2188 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
|
---|
2189 |
|
---|
2190 | */
|
---|
2191 |
|
---|
2192 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
2193 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename)
|
---|
2194 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2195 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
---|
2196 | int index;
|
---|
2197 | const char *typename;
|
---|
2198 | {
|
---|
2199 | asection *newsect;
|
---|
2200 | char *name;
|
---|
2201 | char namebuf[64];
|
---|
2202 | size_t len;
|
---|
2203 | int split;
|
---|
2204 |
|
---|
2205 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
|
---|
2206 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
|
---|
2207 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
|
---|
2208 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
|
---|
2209 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
|
---|
2210 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
---|
2211 | if (!name)
|
---|
2212 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2213 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
|
---|
2214 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
2215 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
---|
2216 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2217 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
|
---|
2218 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
|
---|
2219 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
2220 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
|
---|
2221 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
2222 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
2223 | {
|
---|
2224 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
---|
2225 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
---|
2226 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
---|
2227 | {
|
---|
2228 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
|
---|
2229 | may be data. */
|
---|
2230 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
---|
2231 | }
|
---|
2232 | }
|
---|
2233 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
---|
2234 | {
|
---|
2235 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
---|
2236 | }
|
---|
2237 |
|
---|
2238 | if (split)
|
---|
2239 | {
|
---|
2240 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
|
---|
2241 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
|
---|
2242 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
---|
2243 | if (!name)
|
---|
2244 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2245 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
|
---|
2246 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
2247 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
---|
2248 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2249 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
2250 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
2251 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
2252 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
2253 | {
|
---|
2254 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
---|
2255 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
---|
2256 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
---|
2257 | }
|
---|
2258 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
---|
2259 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
---|
2260 | }
|
---|
2261 |
|
---|
2262 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2263 | }
|
---|
2264 |
|
---|
2265 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
2266 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index)
|
---|
2267 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2268 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
---|
2269 | int index;
|
---|
2270 | {
|
---|
2271 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
2272 |
|
---|
2273 | switch (hdr->p_type)
|
---|
2274 | {
|
---|
2275 | case PT_NULL:
|
---|
2276 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
|
---|
2277 |
|
---|
2278 | case PT_LOAD:
|
---|
2279 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
|
---|
2280 |
|
---|
2281 | case PT_DYNAMIC:
|
---|
2282 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
|
---|
2283 |
|
---|
2284 | case PT_INTERP:
|
---|
2285 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
|
---|
2286 |
|
---|
2287 | case PT_NOTE:
|
---|
2288 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
|
---|
2289 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2290 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, (file_ptr) hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
|
---|
2291 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2292 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2293 |
|
---|
2294 | case PT_SHLIB:
|
---|
2295 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
|
---|
2296 |
|
---|
2297 | case PT_PHDR:
|
---|
2298 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
|
---|
2299 |
|
---|
2300 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
|
---|
2301 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
|
---|
2302 | "eh_frame_hdr");
|
---|
2303 |
|
---|
2304 | default:
|
---|
2305 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types.
|
---|
2306 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */
|
---|
2307 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
2308 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr)
|
---|
2309 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index);
|
---|
2310 | else
|
---|
2311 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment");
|
---|
2312 | }
|
---|
2313 | }
|
---|
2314 |
|
---|
2315 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
|
---|
2316 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
|
---|
2317 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
|
---|
2318 |
|
---|
2319 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
2320 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, rel_hdr, asect, use_rela_p)
|
---|
2321 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2322 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
---|
2323 | asection *asect;
|
---|
2324 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p;
|
---|
2325 | {
|
---|
2326 | char *name;
|
---|
2327 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
2328 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
|
---|
2329 |
|
---|
2330 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
2331 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
2332 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2333 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
|
---|
2334 | rel_hdr->sh_name =
|
---|
2335 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
|
---|
2336 | FALSE);
|
---|
2337 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
---|
2338 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2339 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
|
---|
2340 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
|
---|
2341 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
|
---|
2342 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
|
---|
2343 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
---|
2344 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
2345 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
2346 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
---|
2347 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
---|
2348 |
|
---|
2349 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2350 | }
|
---|
2351 |
|
---|
2352 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
|
---|
2353 |
|
---|
2354 | static void
|
---|
2355 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg)
|
---|
2356 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2357 | asection *asect;
|
---|
2358 | PTR failedptrarg;
|
---|
2359 | {
|
---|
2360 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
2361 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
|
---|
2362 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
---|
2363 |
|
---|
2364 | if (*failedptr)
|
---|
2365 | {
|
---|
2366 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
|
---|
2367 | loop. */
|
---|
2368 | return;
|
---|
2369 | }
|
---|
2370 |
|
---|
2371 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
|
---|
2372 |
|
---|
2373 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
---|
2374 | asect->name, FALSE);
|
---|
2375 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
---|
2376 | {
|
---|
2377 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
---|
2378 | return;
|
---|
2379 | }
|
---|
2380 |
|
---|
2381 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
---|
2384 | || asect->user_set_vma)
|
---|
2385 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
|
---|
2386 | else
|
---|
2387 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
2388 |
|
---|
2389 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
---|
2390 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
|
---|
2391 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
---|
2392 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
|
---|
2393 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
|
---|
2394 | copy_private_section_data. */
|
---|
2395 |
|
---|
2396 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
|
---|
2397 | this_hdr->contents = NULL;
|
---|
2398 |
|
---|
2399 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */
|
---|
2400 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0)
|
---|
2401 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
2402 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0)
|
---|
2403 | {
|
---|
2404 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH;
|
---|
2405 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
|
---|
2406 | }
|
---|
2407 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0)
|
---|
2408 | {
|
---|
2409 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM;
|
---|
2410 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
2411 | }
|
---|
2412 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
|
---|
2413 | {
|
---|
2414 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC;
|
---|
2415 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
---|
2416 | }
|
---|
2417 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0
|
---|
2418 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
|
---|
2419 | {
|
---|
2420 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
|
---|
2421 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
|
---|
2422 | }
|
---|
2423 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0
|
---|
2424 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
|
---|
2425 | {
|
---|
2426 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
|
---|
2427 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
|
---|
2428 | }
|
---|
2429 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".init_array") == 0)
|
---|
2430 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_INIT_ARRAY;
|
---|
2431 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".fini_array") == 0)
|
---|
2432 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_FINI_ARRAY;
|
---|
2433 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".preinit_array") == 0)
|
---|
2434 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY;
|
---|
2435 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
---|
2436 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE;
|
---|
2437 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0
|
---|
2438 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
---|
2439 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
2440 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0)
|
---|
2441 | {
|
---|
2442 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym;
|
---|
2443 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
|
---|
2444 | }
|
---|
2445 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0)
|
---|
2446 | {
|
---|
2447 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef;
|
---|
2448 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
2449 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
---|
2450 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
|
---|
2451 | zero. */
|
---|
2452 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
---|
2453 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
|
---|
2454 | else
|
---|
2455 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
|
---|
2456 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
|
---|
2457 | }
|
---|
2458 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0)
|
---|
2459 | {
|
---|
2460 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed;
|
---|
2461 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
2462 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
---|
2463 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
|
---|
2464 | zero. */
|
---|
2465 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
---|
2466 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
|
---|
2467 | else
|
---|
2468 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
|
---|
2469 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
|
---|
2470 | }
|
---|
2471 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
|
---|
2472 | {
|
---|
2473 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
|
---|
2474 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
|
---|
2475 | }
|
---|
2476 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
---|
2477 | && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
|
---|
2478 | || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
|
---|
2479 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
---|
2480 | else
|
---|
2481 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
---|
2482 |
|
---|
2483 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
2484 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
---|
2485 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
2486 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
|
---|
2487 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
---|
2488 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
|
---|
2489 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
|
---|
2490 | {
|
---|
2491 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
|
---|
2492 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
|
---|
2493 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
|
---|
2494 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
|
---|
2495 | }
|
---|
2496 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
|
---|
2497 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
|
---|
2498 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
---|
2499 | {
|
---|
2500 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
|
---|
2501 | if (asect->_raw_size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
---|
2502 | {
|
---|
2503 | struct bfd_link_order *o;
|
---|
2504 |
|
---|
2505 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
---|
2506 | for (o = asect->link_order_head; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
---|
2507 | if (this_hdr->sh_size < o->offset + o->size)
|
---|
2508 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
|
---|
2509 | if (this_hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
2510 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
---|
2511 | }
|
---|
2512 | }
|
---|
2513 |
|
---|
2514 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
|
---|
2515 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
|
---|
2516 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
|
---|
2517 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
---|
2518 |
|
---|
2519 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
|
---|
2520 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
|
---|
2521 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
|
---|
2522 | create the other. */
|
---|
2523 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
|
---|
2524 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
|
---|
2525 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
|
---|
2526 | asect,
|
---|
2527 | asect->use_rela_p))
|
---|
2528 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
---|
2529 | }
|
---|
2530 |
|
---|
2531 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
|
---|
2532 |
|
---|
2533 | void
|
---|
2534 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (abfd, sec, failedptrarg)
|
---|
2535 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2536 | asection *sec;
|
---|
2537 | PTR failedptrarg;
|
---|
2538 | {
|
---|
2539 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
|
---|
2540 | unsigned long symindx;
|
---|
2541 | asection *elt, *first;
|
---|
2542 | unsigned char *loc;
|
---|
2543 | struct bfd_link_order *l;
|
---|
2544 | bfd_boolean gas;
|
---|
2545 |
|
---|
2546 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP
|
---|
2547 | || *failedptr)
|
---|
2548 | return;
|
---|
2549 |
|
---|
2550 | symindx = 0;
|
---|
2551 | if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
|
---|
2552 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
|
---|
2553 |
|
---|
2554 | if (symindx == 0)
|
---|
2555 | {
|
---|
2556 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
|
---|
2557 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
|
---|
2558 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
|
---|
2559 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
|
---|
2560 | else
|
---|
2561 | symindx = sec->target_index;
|
---|
2562 | }
|
---|
2563 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
|
---|
2564 |
|
---|
2565 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
|
---|
2566 | gas = TRUE;
|
---|
2567 | if (sec->contents == NULL)
|
---|
2568 | {
|
---|
2569 | gas = FALSE;
|
---|
2570 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->_raw_size);
|
---|
2571 |
|
---|
2572 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
|
---|
2573 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
|
---|
2574 | if (sec->contents == NULL)
|
---|
2575 | {
|
---|
2576 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
---|
2577 | return;
|
---|
2578 | }
|
---|
2579 | }
|
---|
2580 |
|
---|
2581 | loc = sec->contents + sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
2582 |
|
---|
2583 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
|
---|
2584 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
|
---|
2585 | start of the input section group. */
|
---|
2586 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
|
---|
2587 |
|
---|
2588 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
|
---|
2589 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
|
---|
2590 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
|
---|
2591 | directives, not that it matters. */
|
---|
2592 | while (elt != NULL)
|
---|
2593 | {
|
---|
2594 | asection *s;
|
---|
2595 | unsigned int idx;
|
---|
2596 |
|
---|
2597 | loc -= 4;
|
---|
2598 | s = elt;
|
---|
2599 | if (!gas)
|
---|
2600 | s = s->output_section;
|
---|
2601 | idx = 0;
|
---|
2602 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2603 | idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
2604 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
|
---|
2605 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
|
---|
2606 | if (elt == first)
|
---|
2607 | break;
|
---|
2608 | }
|
---|
2609 |
|
---|
2610 | /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because
|
---|
2611 | SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections
|
---|
2612 | instead. */
|
---|
2613 | for (l = sec->link_order_head; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
---|
2614 | if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
|
---|
2615 | && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL)
|
---|
2616 | do
|
---|
2617 | {
|
---|
2618 | loc -= 4;
|
---|
2619 | H_PUT_32 (abfd,
|
---|
2620 | elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc);
|
---|
2621 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
|
---|
2622 | /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */
|
---|
2623 | }
|
---|
2624 | while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section));
|
---|
2625 |
|
---|
2626 | /* With ld -r, merging SHT_GROUP sections results in wasted space
|
---|
2627 | due to allowing for the flag word on each input. We may well
|
---|
2628 | duplicate entries too. */
|
---|
2629 | while ((loc -= 4) > sec->contents)
|
---|
2630 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, 0, loc);
|
---|
2631 |
|
---|
2632 | if (loc != sec->contents)
|
---|
2633 | abort ();
|
---|
2634 |
|
---|
2635 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
|
---|
2636 | }
|
---|
2637 |
|
---|
2638 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
|
---|
2639 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
|
---|
2640 | in here too, while we're at it. */
|
---|
2641 |
|
---|
2642 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
2643 | assign_section_numbers (abfd)
|
---|
2644 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2645 | {
|
---|
2646 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
---|
2647 | asection *sec;
|
---|
2648 | unsigned int section_number, secn;
|
---|
2649 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
2650 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
2651 |
|
---|
2652 | section_number = 1;
|
---|
2653 |
|
---|
2654 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
2655 |
|
---|
2656 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
---|
2657 | {
|
---|
2658 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
---|
2659 |
|
---|
2660 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2661 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2662 | d->this_idx = section_number++;
|
---|
2663 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
|
---|
2664 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
|
---|
2665 | d->rel_idx = 0;
|
---|
2666 | else
|
---|
2667 | {
|
---|
2668 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2669 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2670 | d->rel_idx = section_number++;
|
---|
2671 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
|
---|
2672 | }
|
---|
2673 |
|
---|
2674 | if (d->rel_hdr2)
|
---|
2675 | {
|
---|
2676 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2677 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2678 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
|
---|
2679 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
|
---|
2680 | }
|
---|
2681 | else
|
---|
2682 | d->rel_idx2 = 0;
|
---|
2683 | }
|
---|
2684 |
|
---|
2685 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2686 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2687 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
|
---|
2688 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
---|
2689 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
|
---|
2690 |
|
---|
2691 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
2692 | {
|
---|
2693 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2694 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2695 | t->symtab_section = section_number++;
|
---|
2696 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
---|
2697 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
|
---|
2698 | {
|
---|
2699 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2700 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2701 | t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
|
---|
2702 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
|
---|
2703 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
---|
2704 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
|
---|
2705 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
---|
2706 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2707 | }
|
---|
2708 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2709 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2710 | t->strtab_section = section_number++;
|
---|
2711 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
---|
2712 | }
|
---|
2713 |
|
---|
2714 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
2715 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
2716 |
|
---|
2717 | elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
|
---|
2718 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
|
---|
2719 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2720 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
2721 |
|
---|
2722 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
|
---|
2723 | indices. */
|
---|
2724 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *);
|
---|
2725 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
2726 | if (i_shdrp == NULL)
|
---|
2727 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2728 |
|
---|
2729 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
|
---|
2730 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
2731 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
|
---|
2732 | {
|
---|
2733 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
|
---|
2734 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2735 | }
|
---|
2736 |
|
---|
2737 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
|
---|
2738 |
|
---|
2739 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
2740 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
2741 | {
|
---|
2742 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
2743 | if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
|
---|
2744 | {
|
---|
2745 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
---|
2746 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
---|
2747 | }
|
---|
2748 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
2749 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
|
---|
2750 | }
|
---|
2751 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
---|
2752 | {
|
---|
2753 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
---|
2754 | asection *s;
|
---|
2755 | const char *name;
|
---|
2756 |
|
---|
2757 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
|
---|
2758 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
---|
2759 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
|
---|
2760 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
---|
2761 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
|
---|
2762 |
|
---|
2763 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
|
---|
2764 |
|
---|
2765 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
|
---|
2766 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
|
---|
2767 | the relocation entries apply. */
|
---|
2768 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
---|
2769 | {
|
---|
2770 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
---|
2771 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
---|
2772 | }
|
---|
2773 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
---|
2774 | {
|
---|
2775 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
---|
2776 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
---|
2777 | }
|
---|
2778 |
|
---|
2779 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
|
---|
2780 | {
|
---|
2781 | case SHT_REL:
|
---|
2782 | case SHT_RELA:
|
---|
2783 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
|
---|
2784 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
|
---|
2785 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
|
---|
2786 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
|
---|
2787 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
|
---|
2788 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */
|
---|
2789 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
---|
2790 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2791 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
2792 |
|
---|
2793 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
|
---|
2794 | name = sec->name;
|
---|
2795 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
|
---|
2796 | name += 4;
|
---|
2797 | else
|
---|
2798 | name += 5;
|
---|
2799 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
|
---|
2800 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2801 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
2802 | break;
|
---|
2803 |
|
---|
2804 | case SHT_STRTAB:
|
---|
2805 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
|
---|
2806 | string section. We look for a section with the same name
|
---|
2807 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
|
---|
2808 | field to point to this section. */
|
---|
2809 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
|
---|
2810 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
---|
2811 | {
|
---|
2812 | size_t len;
|
---|
2813 | char *alc;
|
---|
2814 |
|
---|
2815 | len = strlen (sec->name);
|
---|
2816 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) (len - 2));
|
---|
2817 | if (alc == NULL)
|
---|
2818 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2819 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
|
---|
2820 | alc[len - 3] = '\0';
|
---|
2821 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
|
---|
2822 | free (alc);
|
---|
2823 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2824 | {
|
---|
2825 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
|
---|
2826 |
|
---|
2827 | /* This is a .stab section. */
|
---|
2828 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
|
---|
2829 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
|
---|
2830 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
|
---|
2831 | }
|
---|
2832 | }
|
---|
2833 | break;
|
---|
2834 |
|
---|
2835 | case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
---|
2836 | case SHT_DYNSYM:
|
---|
2837 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
---|
2838 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
---|
2839 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
|
---|
2840 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
|
---|
2841 | version strings. */
|
---|
2842 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
|
---|
2843 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2844 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
2845 | break;
|
---|
2846 |
|
---|
2847 | case SHT_HASH:
|
---|
2848 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
---|
2849 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
|
---|
2850 | this hash table or version table is for. */
|
---|
2851 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
---|
2852 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2853 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
2854 | break;
|
---|
2855 |
|
---|
2856 | case SHT_GROUP:
|
---|
2857 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
---|
2858 | }
|
---|
2859 | }
|
---|
2860 |
|
---|
2861 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
|
---|
2862 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
|
---|
2863 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
|
---|
2864 | else
|
---|
2865 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
---|
2866 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
|
---|
2867 | return TRUE;
|
---|
2868 | }
|
---|
2869 |
|
---|
2870 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
|
---|
2871 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
|
---|
2872 |
|
---|
2873 | static INLINE int
|
---|
2874 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym)
|
---|
2875 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2876 | asymbol *sym;
|
---|
2877 | {
|
---|
2878 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
|
---|
2879 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
---|
2880 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
---|
2881 | (abfd, sym));
|
---|
2882 |
|
---|
2883 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
|
---|
2884 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
|
---|
2885 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
|
---|
2886 | }
|
---|
2887 |
|
---|
2888 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
2889 | elf_map_symbols (abfd)
|
---|
2890 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2891 | {
|
---|
2892 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
---|
2893 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
---|
2894 | asymbol **sect_syms;
|
---|
2895 | unsigned int num_locals = 0;
|
---|
2896 | unsigned int num_globals = 0;
|
---|
2897 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
|
---|
2898 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
|
---|
2899 | int max_index = 0;
|
---|
2900 | unsigned int idx;
|
---|
2901 | asection *asect;
|
---|
2902 | asymbol **new_syms;
|
---|
2903 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
2904 |
|
---|
2905 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
2906 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
|
---|
2907 | fflush (stderr);
|
---|
2908 | #endif
|
---|
2909 |
|
---|
2910 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
---|
2911 | {
|
---|
2912 | if (max_index < asect->index)
|
---|
2913 | max_index = asect->index;
|
---|
2914 | }
|
---|
2915 |
|
---|
2916 | max_index++;
|
---|
2917 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *);
|
---|
2918 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
2919 | if (sect_syms == NULL)
|
---|
2920 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2921 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
|
---|
2922 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
|
---|
2923 |
|
---|
2924 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
|
---|
2925 | decided to output. */
|
---|
2926 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
2927 | {
|
---|
2928 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
---|
2929 |
|
---|
2930 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
|
---|
2931 | && sym->value == 0)
|
---|
2932 | {
|
---|
2933 | asection *sec;
|
---|
2934 |
|
---|
2935 | sec = sym->section;
|
---|
2936 |
|
---|
2937 | if (sec->owner != NULL)
|
---|
2938 | {
|
---|
2939 | if (sec->owner != abfd)
|
---|
2940 | {
|
---|
2941 | if (sec->output_offset != 0)
|
---|
2942 | continue;
|
---|
2943 |
|
---|
2944 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
---|
2945 |
|
---|
2946 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
|
---|
2947 | section symbol created for them. (See the comment
|
---|
2948 | near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
|
---|
2949 | linker.c). If the linker script discards such
|
---|
2950 | sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
|
---|
2951 | that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
|
---|
2952 | the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
|
---|
2953 | To reproduce this particular case try running the
|
---|
2954 | linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
|
---|
2955 | port that uses the generic linker. */
|
---|
2956 | if (sec->owner == NULL)
|
---|
2957 | continue;
|
---|
2958 |
|
---|
2959 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
|
---|
2960 | }
|
---|
2961 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
|
---|
2962 | }
|
---|
2963 | }
|
---|
2964 | }
|
---|
2965 |
|
---|
2966 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */
|
---|
2967 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
2968 | {
|
---|
2969 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
|
---|
2970 | num_locals++;
|
---|
2971 | else
|
---|
2972 | num_globals++;
|
---|
2973 | }
|
---|
2974 |
|
---|
2975 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
|
---|
2976 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
|
---|
2977 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
|
---|
2978 | at least in that case. */
|
---|
2979 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
---|
2980 | {
|
---|
2981 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
|
---|
2982 | {
|
---|
2983 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
|
---|
2984 | num_locals++;
|
---|
2985 | else
|
---|
2986 | num_globals++;
|
---|
2987 | }
|
---|
2988 | }
|
---|
2989 |
|
---|
2990 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
|
---|
2991 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *);
|
---|
2992 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
2993 |
|
---|
2994 | if (new_syms == NULL)
|
---|
2995 | return FALSE;
|
---|
2996 |
|
---|
2997 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
2998 | {
|
---|
2999 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
---|
3000 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3001 |
|
---|
3002 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
---|
3003 | i = num_locals2++;
|
---|
3004 | else
|
---|
3005 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
---|
3006 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
---|
3007 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
---|
3008 | }
|
---|
3009 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
---|
3010 | {
|
---|
3011 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
|
---|
3012 | {
|
---|
3013 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
|
---|
3014 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3015 |
|
---|
3016 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
|
---|
3017 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
---|
3018 | i = num_locals2++;
|
---|
3019 | else
|
---|
3020 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
---|
3021 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
---|
3022 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
---|
3023 | }
|
---|
3024 | }
|
---|
3025 |
|
---|
3026 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
|
---|
3027 |
|
---|
3028 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
|
---|
3029 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
|
---|
3030 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3031 | }
|
---|
3032 |
|
---|
3033 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
|
---|
3034 | ELF data structure. */
|
---|
3035 |
|
---|
3036 | static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position
|
---|
3037 | PARAMS ((file_ptr, int));
|
---|
3038 | static INLINE file_ptr
|
---|
3039 | align_file_position (off, align)
|
---|
3040 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
3041 | int align;
|
---|
3042 | {
|
---|
3043 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
|
---|
3044 | }
|
---|
3045 |
|
---|
3046 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
|
---|
3047 | required section alignment. */
|
---|
3048 |
|
---|
3049 | INLINE file_ptr
|
---|
3050 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align)
|
---|
3051 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
|
---|
3052 | file_ptr offset;
|
---|
3053 | bfd_boolean align;
|
---|
3054 | {
|
---|
3055 | if (align)
|
---|
3056 | {
|
---|
3057 | unsigned int al;
|
---|
3058 |
|
---|
3059 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
|
---|
3060 | if (al > 1)
|
---|
3061 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
|
---|
3062 | }
|
---|
3063 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
|
---|
3064 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
|
---|
3065 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
|
---|
3066 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
---|
3067 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
---|
3068 | return offset;
|
---|
3069 | }
|
---|
3070 |
|
---|
3071 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
|
---|
3072 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
|
---|
3073 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
|
---|
3074 |
|
---|
3075 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
3076 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info)
|
---|
3077 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3078 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
|
---|
3079 | {
|
---|
3080 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
3081 | bfd_boolean failed;
|
---|
3082 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
|
---|
3083 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
3084 |
|
---|
3085 | if (abfd->output_has_begun)
|
---|
3086 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3087 |
|
---|
3088 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
|
---|
3089 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
|
---|
3090 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
|
---|
3091 |
|
---|
3092 | if (! prep_headers (abfd))
|
---|
3093 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3094 |
|
---|
3095 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
|
---|
3096 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
|
---|
3097 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
|
---|
3098 |
|
---|
3099 | failed = FALSE;
|
---|
3100 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
|
---|
3101 | if (failed)
|
---|
3102 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3103 |
|
---|
3104 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd))
|
---|
3105 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3106 |
|
---|
3107 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
|
---|
3108 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
3109 | {
|
---|
3110 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
|
---|
3111 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
|
---|
3112 |
|
---|
3113 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
|
---|
3114 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3115 | }
|
---|
3116 |
|
---|
3117 | if (link_info == NULL)
|
---|
3118 | {
|
---|
3119 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
|
---|
3120 | if (failed)
|
---|
3121 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3122 | }
|
---|
3123 |
|
---|
3124 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
3125 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
|
---|
3126 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
3127 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
3128 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
3129 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
3130 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
3131 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
---|
3132 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
---|
3133 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
|
---|
3134 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
---|
3135 |
|
---|
3136 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd))
|
---|
3137 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3138 |
|
---|
3139 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
3140 | {
|
---|
3141 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
3142 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
3143 |
|
---|
3144 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
---|
3145 |
|
---|
3146 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
3147 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
---|
3148 |
|
---|
3149 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
---|
3150 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
---|
3151 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
---|
3152 |
|
---|
3153 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
3154 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
---|
3155 |
|
---|
3156 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
3157 |
|
---|
3158 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
|
---|
3159 | out. */
|
---|
3160 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
3161 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
|
---|
3162 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3163 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
|
---|
3164 | }
|
---|
3165 |
|
---|
3166 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
|
---|
3167 |
|
---|
3168 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3169 | }
|
---|
3170 |
|
---|
3171 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
|
---|
3172 |
|
---|
3173 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *
|
---|
3174 | make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr)
|
---|
3175 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3176 | asection **sections;
|
---|
3177 | unsigned int from;
|
---|
3178 | unsigned int to;
|
---|
3179 | bfd_boolean phdr;
|
---|
3180 | {
|
---|
3181 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
3182 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3183 | asection **hdrpp;
|
---|
3184 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
3185 |
|
---|
3186 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
3187 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
---|
3188 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3189 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3190 | return NULL;
|
---|
3191 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
3192 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
|
---|
3193 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
3194 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
|
---|
3195 | m->count = to - from;
|
---|
3196 |
|
---|
3197 | if (from == 0 && phdr)
|
---|
3198 | {
|
---|
3199 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
|
---|
3200 | m->includes_filehdr = 1;
|
---|
3201 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
---|
3202 | }
|
---|
3203 |
|
---|
3204 | return m;
|
---|
3205 | }
|
---|
3206 |
|
---|
3207 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
|
---|
3208 |
|
---|
3209 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
3210 | map_sections_to_segments (abfd)
|
---|
3211 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3212 | {
|
---|
3213 | asection **sections = NULL;
|
---|
3214 | asection *s;
|
---|
3215 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3216 | unsigned int count;
|
---|
3217 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
|
---|
3218 | struct elf_segment_map **pm;
|
---|
3219 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
3220 | asection *last_hdr;
|
---|
3221 | unsigned int phdr_index;
|
---|
3222 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
---|
3223 | asection **hdrpp;
|
---|
3224 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
|
---|
3225 | bfd_boolean writable;
|
---|
3226 | int tls_count = 0;
|
---|
3227 | asection *first_tls = NULL;
|
---|
3228 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
|
---|
3229 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
3230 |
|
---|
3231 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
---|
3232 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3233 |
|
---|
3234 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
3235 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3236 |
|
---|
3237 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
|
---|
3238 |
|
---|
3239 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd) * sizeof (asection *);
|
---|
3240 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
---|
3241 | if (sections == NULL)
|
---|
3242 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3243 |
|
---|
3244 | i = 0;
|
---|
3245 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
3246 | {
|
---|
3247 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
3248 | {
|
---|
3249 | sections[i] = s;
|
---|
3250 | ++i;
|
---|
3251 | }
|
---|
3252 | }
|
---|
3253 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
|
---|
3254 | count = i;
|
---|
3255 |
|
---|
3256 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
|
---|
3257 |
|
---|
3258 | /* Build the mapping. */
|
---|
3259 |
|
---|
3260 | mfirst = NULL;
|
---|
3261 | pm = &mfirst;
|
---|
3262 |
|
---|
3263 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
|
---|
3264 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
|
---|
3265 | section. */
|
---|
3266 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
---|
3267 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3268 | {
|
---|
3269 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
3270 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3271 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3272 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3273 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
3274 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
|
---|
3275 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
|
---|
3276 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
|
---|
3277 | m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
---|
3278 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
---|
3279 |
|
---|
3280 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3281 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
3284 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3285 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3286 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3287 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
3288 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
|
---|
3289 | m->count = 1;
|
---|
3290 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
---|
3291 |
|
---|
3292 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3293 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3294 | }
|
---|
3295 |
|
---|
3296 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
|
---|
3297 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
|
---|
3298 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
|
---|
3299 | last_hdr = NULL;
|
---|
3300 | phdr_index = 0;
|
---|
3301 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
|
---|
3302 | writable = FALSE;
|
---|
3303 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
---|
3304 | if (dynsec != NULL
|
---|
3305 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
---|
3306 | dynsec = NULL;
|
---|
3307 |
|
---|
3308 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
|
---|
3309 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
|
---|
3310 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
|
---|
3311 | program headers we will need. */
|
---|
3312 | if (count > 0)
|
---|
3313 | {
|
---|
3314 | bfd_size_type phdr_size;
|
---|
3315 |
|
---|
3316 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
3317 | if (phdr_size == 0)
|
---|
3318 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3319 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
|
---|
3320 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
|
---|
3321 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
|
---|
3322 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
|
---|
3323 | }
|
---|
3324 |
|
---|
3325 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
3326 | {
|
---|
3327 | asection *hdr;
|
---|
3328 | bfd_boolean new_segment;
|
---|
3329 |
|
---|
3330 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
---|
3331 |
|
---|
3332 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
|
---|
3333 | segment. */
|
---|
3334 |
|
---|
3335 | if (last_hdr == NULL)
|
---|
3336 | {
|
---|
3337 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
|
---|
3338 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */
|
---|
3339 | new_segment = FALSE;
|
---|
3340 | }
|
---|
3341 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
|
---|
3342 | {
|
---|
3343 | /* If this section has a different relation between the
|
---|
3344 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
|
---|
3345 | segment. */
|
---|
3346 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
---|
3347 | }
|
---|
3348 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
---|
3349 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
|
---|
3350 | {
|
---|
3351 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
|
---|
3352 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
|
---|
3353 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
---|
3354 | }
|
---|
3355 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
---|
3356 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3357 | {
|
---|
3358 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
|
---|
3359 | nonloadable section in the same segment. */
|
---|
3360 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
---|
3361 | }
|
---|
3362 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
|
---|
3363 | {
|
---|
3364 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
|
---|
3365 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
|
---|
3366 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
|
---|
3367 | new_segment = FALSE;
|
---|
3368 | }
|
---|
3369 | else if (! writable
|
---|
3370 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
|
---|
3371 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size - 1)
|
---|
3372 | & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
|
---|
3373 | != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
|
---|
3374 | {
|
---|
3375 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
|
---|
3376 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
|
---|
3377 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
|
---|
3378 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the
|
---|
3379 | only case in which the new section is not on the same
|
---|
3380 | page as the previous section is when the previous section
|
---|
3381 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */
|
---|
3382 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
---|
3383 | }
|
---|
3384 | else
|
---|
3385 | {
|
---|
3386 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
|
---|
3387 | new_segment = FALSE;
|
---|
3388 | }
|
---|
3389 |
|
---|
3390 | if (! new_segment)
|
---|
3391 | {
|
---|
3392 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
3393 | writable = TRUE;
|
---|
3394 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
---|
3395 | continue;
|
---|
3396 | }
|
---|
3397 |
|
---|
3398 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
|
---|
3399 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
|
---|
3400 |
|
---|
3401 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
---|
3402 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3403 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3404 |
|
---|
3405 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3406 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3407 |
|
---|
3408 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
3409 | writable = TRUE;
|
---|
3410 | else
|
---|
3411 | writable = FALSE;
|
---|
3412 |
|
---|
3413 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
---|
3414 | phdr_index = i;
|
---|
3415 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
|
---|
3416 | }
|
---|
3417 |
|
---|
3418 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
|
---|
3419 | if (last_hdr != NULL)
|
---|
3420 | {
|
---|
3421 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
---|
3422 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3423 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3424 |
|
---|
3425 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3426 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3427 | }
|
---|
3428 |
|
---|
3429 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
---|
3430 | if (dynsec != NULL)
|
---|
3431 | {
|
---|
3432 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
3433 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3434 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3435 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3436 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
3437 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
|
---|
3438 | m->count = 1;
|
---|
3439 | m->sections[0] = dynsec;
|
---|
3440 |
|
---|
3441 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3442 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3443 | }
|
---|
3444 |
|
---|
3445 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
|
---|
3446 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
|
---|
3447 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
|
---|
3448 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
|
---|
3449 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
|
---|
3450 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
3451 | {
|
---|
3452 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
3453 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
---|
3454 | {
|
---|
3455 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
3456 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3457 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3458 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3459 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
3460 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
|
---|
3461 | m->count = 1;
|
---|
3462 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
---|
3463 |
|
---|
3464 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3465 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3466 | }
|
---|
3467 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
---|
3468 | {
|
---|
3469 | if (! tls_count)
|
---|
3470 | first_tls = s;
|
---|
3471 | tls_count++;
|
---|
3472 | }
|
---|
3473 | }
|
---|
3474 |
|
---|
3475 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
|
---|
3476 | if (tls_count > 0)
|
---|
3477 | {
|
---|
3478 | int i;
|
---|
3479 |
|
---|
3480 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
3481 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
---|
3482 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3483 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3484 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3485 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
3486 | m->p_type = PT_TLS;
|
---|
3487 | m->count = tls_count;
|
---|
3488 | /* Mandated PF_R. */
|
---|
3489 | m->p_flags = PF_R;
|
---|
3490 | m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
---|
3491 | for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
|
---|
3492 | {
|
---|
3493 | BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
|
---|
3494 | m->sections[i] = first_tls;
|
---|
3495 | first_tls = first_tls->next;
|
---|
3496 | }
|
---|
3497 |
|
---|
3498 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3499 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3500 | }
|
---|
3501 |
|
---|
3502 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
|
---|
3503 | segment. */
|
---|
3504 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
|
---|
3505 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
|
---|
3506 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3507 | {
|
---|
3508 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
3509 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3510 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
3511 | goto error_return;
|
---|
3512 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
3513 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
|
---|
3514 | m->count = 1;
|
---|
3515 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
|
---|
3516 |
|
---|
3517 | *pm = m;
|
---|
3518 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
3519 | }
|
---|
3520 |
|
---|
3521 | free (sections);
|
---|
3522 | sections = NULL;
|
---|
3523 |
|
---|
3524 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
|
---|
3525 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3526 |
|
---|
3527 | error_return:
|
---|
3528 | if (sections != NULL)
|
---|
3529 | free (sections);
|
---|
3530 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3531 | }
|
---|
3532 |
|
---|
3533 | /* Sort sections by address. */
|
---|
3534 |
|
---|
3535 | static int
|
---|
3536 | elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2)
|
---|
3537 | const PTR arg1;
|
---|
3538 | const PTR arg2;
|
---|
3539 | {
|
---|
3540 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
|
---|
3541 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
|
---|
3542 | bfd_size_type size1, size2;
|
---|
3543 |
|
---|
3544 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
|
---|
3545 | place the section into a segment. */
|
---|
3546 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
|
---|
3547 | return -1;
|
---|
3548 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
|
---|
3549 | return 1;
|
---|
3550 |
|
---|
3551 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
|
---|
3552 | the same, and this will do nothing. */
|
---|
3553 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
|
---|
3554 | return -1;
|
---|
3555 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
|
---|
3556 | return 1;
|
---|
3557 |
|
---|
3558 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
|
---|
3559 |
|
---|
3560 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
|
---|
3561 |
|
---|
3562 | if (TOEND (sec1))
|
---|
3563 | {
|
---|
3564 | if (TOEND (sec2))
|
---|
3565 | {
|
---|
3566 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
|
---|
3567 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
|
---|
3568 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
|
---|
3569 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
---|
3570 | }
|
---|
3571 | else
|
---|
3572 | return 1;
|
---|
3573 | }
|
---|
3574 | else if (TOEND (sec2))
|
---|
3575 | return -1;
|
---|
3576 |
|
---|
3577 | #undef TOEND
|
---|
3578 |
|
---|
3579 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
|
---|
3580 | before others at the same address. */
|
---|
3581 |
|
---|
3582 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->_raw_size : 0;
|
---|
3583 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->_raw_size : 0;
|
---|
3584 |
|
---|
3585 | if (size1 < size2)
|
---|
3586 | return -1;
|
---|
3587 | if (size1 > size2)
|
---|
3588 | return 1;
|
---|
3589 |
|
---|
3590 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
---|
3591 | }
|
---|
3592 |
|
---|
3593 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
|
---|
3594 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
|
---|
3595 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
|
---|
3596 |
|
---|
3597 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
3598 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)
|
---|
3599 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3600 | {
|
---|
3601 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
3602 | unsigned int count;
|
---|
3603 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
3604 | unsigned int alloc;
|
---|
3605 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
|
---|
3606 | file_ptr off, voff;
|
---|
3607 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
|
---|
3608 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
|
---|
3609 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
---|
3610 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
3611 |
|
---|
3612 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
|
---|
3613 | {
|
---|
3614 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
|
---|
3615 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3616 | }
|
---|
3617 | else
|
---|
3618 | {
|
---|
3619 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
|
---|
3620 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
|
---|
3621 | sections from the segment map. */
|
---|
3622 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
|
---|
3623 | m != NULL;
|
---|
3624 | m = m->next)
|
---|
3625 | {
|
---|
3626 | unsigned int new_count;
|
---|
3627 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3628 |
|
---|
3629 | if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3630 | continue;
|
---|
3631 |
|
---|
3632 | new_count = 0;
|
---|
3633 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
|
---|
3634 | {
|
---|
3635 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
3636 | {
|
---|
3637 | if (i != new_count)
|
---|
3638 | m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
|
---|
3639 |
|
---|
3640 | new_count ++;
|
---|
3641 | }
|
---|
3642 | }
|
---|
3643 |
|
---|
3644 | if (new_count != m->count)
|
---|
3645 | m->count = new_count;
|
---|
3646 | }
|
---|
3647 | }
|
---|
3648 |
|
---|
3649 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
|
---|
3650 | {
|
---|
3651 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd))
|
---|
3652 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3653 | }
|
---|
3654 |
|
---|
3655 | count = 0;
|
---|
3656 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
---|
3657 | ++count;
|
---|
3658 |
|
---|
3659 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3660 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3661 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
|
---|
3662 |
|
---|
3663 | if (count == 0)
|
---|
3664 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3665 |
|
---|
3666 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
|
---|
3667 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
|
---|
3668 | is used in a linker script. */
|
---|
3669 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3670 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
|
---|
3671 | {
|
---|
3672 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
3673 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
|
---|
3674 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count));
|
---|
3675 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
---|
3676 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3677 | }
|
---|
3678 |
|
---|
3679 | if (alloc == 0)
|
---|
3680 | alloc = count;
|
---|
3681 |
|
---|
3682 | amt = alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
|
---|
3683 | phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
3684 | if (phdrs == NULL)
|
---|
3685 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3686 |
|
---|
3687 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3688 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3689 |
|
---|
3690 | filehdr_vaddr = 0;
|
---|
3691 | filehdr_paddr = 0;
|
---|
3692 | phdrs_vaddr = 0;
|
---|
3693 | phdrs_paddr = 0;
|
---|
3694 |
|
---|
3695 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
---|
3696 | m != NULL;
|
---|
3697 | m = m->next, p++)
|
---|
3698 | {
|
---|
3699 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3700 | asection **secpp;
|
---|
3701 |
|
---|
3702 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
|
---|
3703 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
|
---|
3704 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
|
---|
3705 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
|
---|
3706 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
|
---|
3707 | if (m->count > 1
|
---|
3708 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
|
---|
3709 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
|
---|
3710 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
|
---|
3711 | elf_sort_sections);
|
---|
3712 |
|
---|
3713 | p->p_type = m->p_type;
|
---|
3714 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
|
---|
3715 |
|
---|
3716 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
3717 | && m->count > 0
|
---|
3718 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
3719 | {
|
---|
3720 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
3721 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
3722 | else
|
---|
3723 | {
|
---|
3724 | bfd_size_type align;
|
---|
3725 |
|
---|
3726 | align = 0;
|
---|
3727 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
---|
3728 | {
|
---|
3729 | bfd_size_type secalign;
|
---|
3730 |
|
---|
3731 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
|
---|
3732 | if (secalign > align)
|
---|
3733 | align = secalign;
|
---|
3734 | }
|
---|
3735 |
|
---|
3736 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % (1 << align);
|
---|
3737 | }
|
---|
3738 | }
|
---|
3739 |
|
---|
3740 | if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
3741 | p->p_vaddr = 0;
|
---|
3742 | else
|
---|
3743 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
|
---|
3744 |
|
---|
3745 | if (m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
3746 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
|
---|
3747 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
3748 | p->p_paddr = 0;
|
---|
3749 | else
|
---|
3750 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
|
---|
3751 |
|
---|
3752 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
3753 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
3754 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
3755 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
3756 | p->p_align = bed->s->file_align;
|
---|
3757 | else
|
---|
3758 | p->p_align = 0;
|
---|
3759 |
|
---|
3760 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
---|
3761 | p->p_filesz = 0;
|
---|
3762 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
---|
3763 |
|
---|
3764 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
3765 | {
|
---|
3766 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
---|
3767 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
---|
3768 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
---|
3769 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3770 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3771 | if (m->count > 0)
|
---|
3772 | {
|
---|
3773 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
---|
3774 |
|
---|
3775 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
|
---|
3776 | {
|
---|
3777 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
3778 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
|
---|
3779 | bfd_get_filename (abfd));
|
---|
3780 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
---|
3781 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3782 | }
|
---|
3783 |
|
---|
3784 | p->p_vaddr -= off;
|
---|
3785 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
3786 | p->p_paddr -= off;
|
---|
3787 | }
|
---|
3788 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3789 | {
|
---|
3790 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
---|
3791 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
---|
3792 | }
|
---|
3793 | }
|
---|
3794 |
|
---|
3795 | if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
3796 | {
|
---|
3797 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
---|
3798 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
---|
3799 |
|
---|
3800 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
3801 | {
|
---|
3802 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3803 | {
|
---|
3804 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3805 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3806 | }
|
---|
3807 | }
|
---|
3808 | else
|
---|
3809 | {
|
---|
3810 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3811 |
|
---|
3812 | if (m->count > 0)
|
---|
3813 | {
|
---|
3814 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
---|
3815 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
---|
3816 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
3817 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
---|
3818 | }
|
---|
3819 |
|
---|
3820 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3821 | {
|
---|
3822 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
---|
3823 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
---|
3824 | }
|
---|
3825 | else
|
---|
3826 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3827 | }
|
---|
3828 |
|
---|
3829 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3830 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3831 | }
|
---|
3832 |
|
---|
3833 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
3834 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
---|
3835 | {
|
---|
3836 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
3837 | p->p_offset = off;
|
---|
3838 | else
|
---|
3839 | {
|
---|
3840 | file_ptr adjust;
|
---|
3841 |
|
---|
3842 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
|
---|
3843 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
---|
3844 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
---|
3845 | }
|
---|
3846 | }
|
---|
3847 |
|
---|
3848 | voff = off;
|
---|
3849 |
|
---|
3850 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
---|
3851 | {
|
---|
3852 | asection *sec;
|
---|
3853 | flagword flags;
|
---|
3854 | bfd_size_type align;
|
---|
3855 |
|
---|
3856 | sec = *secpp;
|
---|
3857 | flags = sec->flags;
|
---|
3858 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
|
---|
3859 |
|
---|
3860 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a
|
---|
3861 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the
|
---|
3862 | cumulative phdr lma and the section's lma. */
|
---|
3863 | if (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz < sec->lma)
|
---|
3864 | {
|
---|
3865 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
|
---|
3866 |
|
---|
3867 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
---|
3868 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
3869 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
|
---|
3870 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
---|
3871 | {
|
---|
3872 | off += adjust;
|
---|
3873 | voff += adjust;
|
---|
3874 | }
|
---|
3875 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
3876 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
---|
3877 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
---|
3878 | }
|
---|
3879 |
|
---|
3880 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3881 | {
|
---|
3882 | bfd_signed_vma adjust;
|
---|
3883 |
|
---|
3884 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3885 | {
|
---|
3886 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
|
---|
3887 | if (adjust < 0)
|
---|
3888 | adjust = 0;
|
---|
3889 | }
|
---|
3890 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
3891 | {
|
---|
3892 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position
|
---|
3893 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if
|
---|
3894 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to
|
---|
3895 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then
|
---|
3896 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */
|
---|
3897 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
3898 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
3899 | else
|
---|
3900 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align;
|
---|
3901 | }
|
---|
3902 | else
|
---|
3903 | adjust = 0;
|
---|
3904 |
|
---|
3905 | if (adjust != 0)
|
---|
3906 | {
|
---|
3907 | if (i == 0)
|
---|
3908 | {
|
---|
3909 | (* _bfd_error_handler) (_("\
|
---|
3910 | Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x"),
|
---|
3911 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec),
|
---|
3912 | sec->lma,
|
---|
3913 | p->p_paddr);
|
---|
3914 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3915 | }
|
---|
3916 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
---|
3917 | off += adjust;
|
---|
3918 | voff += adjust;
|
---|
3919 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3920 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
---|
3921 | }
|
---|
3922 |
|
---|
3923 | sec->filepos = off;
|
---|
3924 |
|
---|
3925 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is
|
---|
3926 | used in a linker script we may have a section with
|
---|
3927 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have
|
---|
3928 | contents. */
|
---|
3929 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
3930 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
|
---|
3931 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3932 |
|
---|
3933 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
---|
3934 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
3935 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0))
|
---|
3936 | voff += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3937 | }
|
---|
3938 |
|
---|
3939 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
---|
3940 | {
|
---|
3941 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0.
|
---|
3942 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */
|
---|
3943 | if (i == 0)
|
---|
3944 | {
|
---|
3945 | sec->filepos = off;
|
---|
3946 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3947 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3948 | voff = off;
|
---|
3949 | }
|
---|
3950 | else
|
---|
3951 | {
|
---|
3952 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */
|
---|
3953 | sec->filepos = 0;
|
---|
3954 | sec->_raw_size = 0;
|
---|
3955 | flags = sec->flags = 0;
|
---|
3956 | }
|
---|
3957 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
---|
3958 | p->p_align = 1;
|
---|
3959 | }
|
---|
3960 | else
|
---|
3961 | {
|
---|
3962 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
3963 | || (sec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
|
---|
3964 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
|
---|
3965 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3966 |
|
---|
3967 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3968 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3969 |
|
---|
3970 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
|
---|
3971 | && sec->_raw_size == 0
|
---|
3972 | && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
---|
3973 | {
|
---|
3974 | struct bfd_link_order *o;
|
---|
3975 | bfd_vma tbss_size = 0;
|
---|
3976 |
|
---|
3977 | for (o = sec->link_order_head; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
---|
3978 | if (tbss_size < o->offset + o->size)
|
---|
3979 | tbss_size = o->offset + o->size;
|
---|
3980 |
|
---|
3981 | p->p_memsz += tbss_size;
|
---|
3982 | }
|
---|
3983 |
|
---|
3984 | if (align > p->p_align
|
---|
3985 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
|
---|
3986 | p->p_align = align;
|
---|
3987 | }
|
---|
3988 |
|
---|
3989 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
---|
3990 | {
|
---|
3991 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
---|
3992 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
---|
3993 | p->p_flags |= PF_X;
|
---|
3994 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
3995 | p->p_flags |= PF_W;
|
---|
3996 | }
|
---|
3997 | }
|
---|
3998 | }
|
---|
3999 |
|
---|
4000 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
|
---|
4001 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
|
---|
4002 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
---|
4003 | m != NULL;
|
---|
4004 | m = m->next, p++)
|
---|
4005 | {
|
---|
4006 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
|
---|
4007 | {
|
---|
4008 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
|
---|
4009 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
|
---|
4010 | }
|
---|
4011 | if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
4012 | {
|
---|
4013 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
4014 | {
|
---|
4015 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
|
---|
4016 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
4017 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
|
---|
4018 | }
|
---|
4019 | else if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
4020 | {
|
---|
4021 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
|
---|
4022 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
4023 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
|
---|
4024 | }
|
---|
4025 | }
|
---|
4026 | }
|
---|
4027 |
|
---|
4028 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
|
---|
4029 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
|
---|
4030 | {
|
---|
4031 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
|
---|
4032 | p->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
---|
4033 | }
|
---|
4034 |
|
---|
4035 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
|
---|
4036 |
|
---|
4037 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
4038 |
|
---|
4039 | /* Write out the program headers. */
|
---|
4040 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
4041 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
|
---|
4042 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4043 |
|
---|
4044 | return TRUE;
|
---|
4045 | }
|
---|
4046 |
|
---|
4047 | /* Get the size of the program header.
|
---|
4048 |
|
---|
4049 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
|
---|
4050 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
|
---|
4051 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
|
---|
4052 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
|
---|
4053 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
|
---|
4054 |
|
---|
4055 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
|
---|
4056 | will be two segments. */
|
---|
4057 |
|
---|
4058 | static bfd_size_type
|
---|
4059 | get_program_header_size (abfd)
|
---|
4060 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4061 | {
|
---|
4062 | size_t segs;
|
---|
4063 | asection *s;
|
---|
4064 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
4065 |
|
---|
4066 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
|
---|
4067 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
|
---|
4068 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
4069 |
|
---|
4070 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
---|
4071 | {
|
---|
4072 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
4073 |
|
---|
4074 | segs = 0;
|
---|
4075 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
---|
4076 | ++segs;
|
---|
4077 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
4078 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
4079 | }
|
---|
4080 |
|
---|
4081 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
|
---|
4082 | and one for data. */
|
---|
4083 | segs = 2;
|
---|
4084 |
|
---|
4085 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
---|
4086 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
4087 | {
|
---|
4088 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
|
---|
4089 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
|
---|
4090 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
|
---|
4091 | targets. */
|
---|
4092 | segs += 2;
|
---|
4093 | }
|
---|
4094 |
|
---|
4095 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
|
---|
4096 | {
|
---|
4097 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
---|
4098 | ++segs;
|
---|
4099 | }
|
---|
4100 |
|
---|
4101 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
|
---|
4102 | {
|
---|
4103 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
|
---|
4104 | ++segs;
|
---|
4105 | }
|
---|
4106 |
|
---|
4107 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
4108 | {
|
---|
4109 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
4110 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
---|
4111 | {
|
---|
4112 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
|
---|
4113 | ++segs;
|
---|
4114 | }
|
---|
4115 | }
|
---|
4116 |
|
---|
4117 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
4118 | {
|
---|
4119 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
---|
4120 | {
|
---|
4121 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
|
---|
4122 | ++segs;
|
---|
4123 | break;
|
---|
4124 | }
|
---|
4125 | }
|
---|
4126 |
|
---|
4127 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
|
---|
4128 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
|
---|
4129 | {
|
---|
4130 | int a;
|
---|
4131 |
|
---|
4132 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
|
---|
4133 | if (a == -1)
|
---|
4134 | abort ();
|
---|
4135 | segs += a;
|
---|
4136 | }
|
---|
4137 |
|
---|
4138 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
4139 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
4140 | }
|
---|
4141 |
|
---|
4142 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
|
---|
4143 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
|
---|
4144 | VMAs must be known before this is called.
|
---|
4145 |
|
---|
4146 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form
|
---|
4147 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file
|
---|
4148 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by
|
---|
4149 | write_object_contents and final_link.
|
---|
4150 |
|
---|
4151 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
|
---|
4152 |
|
---|
4153 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
4154 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)
|
---|
4155 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4156 | {
|
---|
4157 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
---|
4158 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
4159 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
4160 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
4161 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
4162 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
4163 |
|
---|
4164 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
|
---|
4165 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
|
---|
4166 | {
|
---|
4167 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
---|
4168 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
4169 |
|
---|
4170 | /* Start after the ELF header. */
|
---|
4171 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
|
---|
4172 |
|
---|
4173 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
|
---|
4174 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
|
---|
4175 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */
|
---|
4176 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
4177 | {
|
---|
4178 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
4179 |
|
---|
4180 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
---|
4181 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
---|
4182 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
|
---|
4183 | || i == tdata->symtab_section
|
---|
4184 | || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
|
---|
4185 | || i == tdata->strtab_section)
|
---|
4186 | {
|
---|
4187 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
---|
4188 | }
|
---|
4189 | else
|
---|
4190 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
---|
4191 |
|
---|
4192 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
---|
4193 | {
|
---|
4194 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
4195 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
4196 | }
|
---|
4197 | }
|
---|
4198 | }
|
---|
4199 | else
|
---|
4200 | {
|
---|
4201 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
4202 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
---|
4203 |
|
---|
4204 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
|
---|
4205 | assignment of sections to segments. */
|
---|
4206 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd))
|
---|
4207 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4208 |
|
---|
4209 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
|
---|
4210 |
|
---|
4211 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
---|
4212 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
4213 | {
|
---|
4214 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
4215 |
|
---|
4216 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
---|
4217 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
---|
4218 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
|
---|
4219 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
|
---|
4220 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
4221 | {
|
---|
4222 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
4223 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
|
---|
4224 | bfd_get_filename (abfd),
|
---|
4225 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
|
---|
4226 | ? "*unknown*"
|
---|
4227 | : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
|
---|
4228 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
4229 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
4230 | else
|
---|
4231 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign;
|
---|
4232 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
|
---|
4233 | FALSE);
|
---|
4234 | }
|
---|
4235 | else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
---|
4236 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
|
---|
4237 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
|
---|
4238 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
|
---|
4239 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
|
---|
4240 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
---|
4241 | else
|
---|
4242 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
---|
4245 | {
|
---|
4246 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
4247 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
4248 | }
|
---|
4249 | }
|
---|
4250 | }
|
---|
4251 |
|
---|
4252 | /* Place the section headers. */
|
---|
4253 | off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align);
|
---|
4254 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
|
---|
4255 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
|
---|
4256 |
|
---|
4257 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
4258 |
|
---|
4259 | return TRUE;
|
---|
4260 | }
|
---|
4261 |
|
---|
4262 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
4263 | prep_headers (abfd)
|
---|
4264 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4265 | {
|
---|
4266 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
---|
4267 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
|
---|
4268 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
|
---|
4269 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
|
---|
4270 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
4271 |
|
---|
4272 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
4273 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
4274 |
|
---|
4275 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
|
---|
4276 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
---|
4277 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4278 |
|
---|
4279 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
|
---|
4280 |
|
---|
4281 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
|
---|
4282 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
|
---|
4283 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
|
---|
4284 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
|
---|
4285 |
|
---|
4286 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
|
---|
4287 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
|
---|
4288 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
|
---|
4289 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
|
---|
4290 |
|
---|
4291 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
---|
4292 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
|
---|
4293 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
|
---|
4294 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
|
---|
4295 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
---|
4296 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
|
---|
4297 | else
|
---|
4298 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
|
---|
4299 |
|
---|
4300 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
---|
4301 | {
|
---|
4302 | case bfd_arch_unknown:
|
---|
4303 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
---|
4304 | break;
|
---|
4305 |
|
---|
4306 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
|
---|
4307 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
|
---|
4308 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
|
---|
4309 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
|
---|
4310 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
|
---|
4311 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
|
---|
4312 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
|
---|
4313 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
|
---|
4314 | default:
|
---|
4315 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd) != NULL)
|
---|
4316 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_machine_code;
|
---|
4317 | else
|
---|
4318 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
---|
4319 | }
|
---|
4320 |
|
---|
4321 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
|
---|
4322 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
4323 |
|
---|
4324 | /* No program header, for now. */
|
---|
4325 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
---|
4326 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
---|
4327 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
|
---|
4328 |
|
---|
4329 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
|
---|
4330 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
|
---|
4331 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
|
---|
4332 |
|
---|
4333 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
|
---|
4334 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
|
---|
4335 | {
|
---|
4336 | /* It all happens later. */
|
---|
4337 | #if 0
|
---|
4338 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
|
---|
4339 |
|
---|
4340 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
|
---|
4341 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */
|
---|
4342 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
---|
4343 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase;
|
---|
4344 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
|
---|
4345 | #endif
|
---|
4346 | }
|
---|
4347 | else
|
---|
4348 | {
|
---|
4349 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
---|
4350 | i_phdrp = 0;
|
---|
4351 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
---|
4352 | }
|
---|
4353 |
|
---|
4354 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
---|
4355 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
|
---|
4356 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
---|
4357 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
|
---|
4358 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
---|
4359 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
|
---|
4360 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
---|
4361 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
---|
4362 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
---|
4363 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4364 |
|
---|
4365 | return TRUE;
|
---|
4366 | }
|
---|
4367 |
|
---|
4368 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
|
---|
4369 | of the loadable file image. */
|
---|
4370 |
|
---|
4371 | void
|
---|
4372 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd)
|
---|
4373 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4374 | {
|
---|
4375 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
4376 | unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
---|
4377 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
|
---|
4378 |
|
---|
4379 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
---|
4380 |
|
---|
4381 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
4382 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
|
---|
4383 | {
|
---|
4384 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
|
---|
4385 |
|
---|
4386 | shdrp = *shdrpp;
|
---|
4387 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
---|
4388 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
|
---|
4389 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
|
---|
4390 | }
|
---|
4391 |
|
---|
4392 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
4393 | }
|
---|
4394 |
|
---|
4395 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
4396 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd)
|
---|
4397 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4398 | {
|
---|
4399 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
4400 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
---|
4401 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
4402 | bfd_boolean failed;
|
---|
4403 | unsigned int count, num_sec;
|
---|
4404 |
|
---|
4405 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
---|
4406 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
---|
4407 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
|
---|
4408 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4409 |
|
---|
4410 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
4411 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
4412 |
|
---|
4413 | failed = FALSE;
|
---|
4414 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
|
---|
4415 | if (failed)
|
---|
4416 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4417 |
|
---|
4418 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
|
---|
4419 |
|
---|
4420 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
|
---|
4421 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
4422 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
|
---|
4423 | {
|
---|
4424 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
|
---|
4425 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
|
---|
4426 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
|
---|
4427 | {
|
---|
4428 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
|
---|
4429 |
|
---|
4430 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
4431 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
|
---|
4432 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4433 | }
|
---|
4434 | if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
---|
4435 | count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
---|
4436 | }
|
---|
4437 |
|
---|
4438 | /* Write out the section header names. */
|
---|
4439 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
4440 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))
|
---|
4441 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4442 |
|
---|
4443 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
|
---|
4444 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
|
---|
4445 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
|
---|
4446 |
|
---|
4447 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
|
---|
4448 | }
|
---|
4449 |
|
---|
4450 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
4451 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (abfd)
|
---|
4452 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4453 | {
|
---|
4454 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
|
---|
4455 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
|
---|
4456 | }
|
---|
4457 |
|
---|
4458 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
|
---|
4459 |
|
---|
4460 | int
|
---|
4461 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect)
|
---|
4462 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4463 | struct sec *asect;
|
---|
4464 | {
|
---|
4465 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
4466 | int index;
|
---|
4467 |
|
---|
4468 | if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
|
---|
4469 | && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
|
---|
4470 | return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
|
---|
4471 |
|
---|
4472 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
|
---|
4473 | index = SHN_ABS;
|
---|
4474 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
|
---|
4475 | index = SHN_COMMON;
|
---|
4476 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
|
---|
4477 | index = SHN_UNDEF;
|
---|
4478 | else
|
---|
4479 | {
|
---|
4480 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
4481 | int maxindex = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
---|
4482 |
|
---|
4483 | for (index = 1; index < maxindex; index++)
|
---|
4484 | {
|
---|
4485 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = i_shdrp[index];
|
---|
4486 |
|
---|
4487 | if (hdr != NULL && hdr->bfd_section == asect)
|
---|
4488 | return index;
|
---|
4489 | }
|
---|
4490 | index = -1;
|
---|
4491 | }
|
---|
4492 |
|
---|
4493 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
4494 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
---|
4495 | {
|
---|
4496 | int retval = index;
|
---|
4497 |
|
---|
4498 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
|
---|
4499 | return retval;
|
---|
4500 | }
|
---|
4501 |
|
---|
4502 | if (index == -1)
|
---|
4503 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
|
---|
4504 |
|
---|
4505 | return index;
|
---|
4506 | }
|
---|
4507 |
|
---|
4508 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
|
---|
4509 | on error. */
|
---|
4510 |
|
---|
4511 | int
|
---|
4512 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr)
|
---|
4513 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4514 | asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr;
|
---|
4515 | {
|
---|
4516 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
|
---|
4517 | int idx;
|
---|
4518 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
|
---|
4519 |
|
---|
4520 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
|
---|
4521 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
|
---|
4522 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
|
---|
4523 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
|
---|
4524 | input sections rather than the output section. */
|
---|
4525 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
|
---|
4526 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
---|
4527 | && asym_ptr->section)
|
---|
4528 | {
|
---|
4529 | int indx;
|
---|
4530 |
|
---|
4531 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
|
---|
4532 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
|
---|
4533 | else
|
---|
4534 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
|
---|
4535 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
|
---|
4536 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
|
---|
4537 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
|
---|
4538 | }
|
---|
4539 |
|
---|
4540 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
|
---|
4541 |
|
---|
4542 | if (idx == 0)
|
---|
4543 | {
|
---|
4544 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
|
---|
4545 | which is used in a relocation entry. */
|
---|
4546 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
4547 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
|
---|
4548 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
|
---|
4549 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
|
---|
4550 | return -1;
|
---|
4551 | }
|
---|
4552 |
|
---|
4553 | #if DEBUG & 4
|
---|
4554 | {
|
---|
4555 | fprintf (stderr,
|
---|
4556 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
|
---|
4557 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
|
---|
4558 | elf_symbol_flags (flags));
|
---|
4559 | fflush (stderr);
|
---|
4560 | }
|
---|
4561 | #endif
|
---|
4562 |
|
---|
4563 | return idx;
|
---|
4564 | }
|
---|
4565 |
|
---|
4566 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
|
---|
4567 |
|
---|
4568 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
4569 | copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
|
---|
4570 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
4571 | bfd *obfd;
|
---|
4572 | {
|
---|
4573 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
|
---|
4574 | struct elf_segment_map *map;
|
---|
4575 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
|
---|
4576 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
|
---|
4577 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
|
---|
4578 | asection *section;
|
---|
4579 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
4580 | unsigned int num_segments;
|
---|
4581 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
|
---|
4582 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
---|
4583 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
|
---|
4584 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
|
---|
4585 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
4586 |
|
---|
4587 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
4588 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
4589 | return TRUE;
|
---|
4590 |
|
---|
4591 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
|
---|
4592 | return TRUE;
|
---|
4593 |
|
---|
4594 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
|
---|
4595 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
|
---|
4596 |
|
---|
4597 | map_first = NULL;
|
---|
4598 | pointer_to_map = &map_first;
|
---|
4599 |
|
---|
4600 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
---|
4601 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
|
---|
4602 |
|
---|
4603 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
|
---|
4604 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
|
---|
4605 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
|
---|
4606 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
|
---|
4607 |
|
---|
4608 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
|
---|
4609 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
|
---|
4610 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
|
---|
4611 | ? section->_raw_size : 0)
|
---|
4612 |
|
---|
4613 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
|
---|
4614 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
|
---|
4615 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
|
---|
4616 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
|
---|
4617 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
|
---|
4618 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
|
---|
4619 |
|
---|
4620 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
|
---|
4621 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
|
---|
4622 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
|
---|
4623 | (section->lma >= base \
|
---|
4624 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
|
---|
4625 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
|
---|
4626 |
|
---|
4627 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
|
---|
4628 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
|
---|
4629 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
|
---|
4630 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
|
---|
4631 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
|
---|
4632 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
---|
4633 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
---|
4634 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
---|
4635 |
|
---|
4636 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
|
---|
4637 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
|
---|
4638 | p_memsz set to 0. */
|
---|
4639 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
|
---|
4640 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
|
---|
4641 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \
|
---|
4642 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \
|
---|
4643 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \
|
---|
4644 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
|
---|
4645 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \
|
---|
4646 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
---|
4647 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
---|
4648 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
---|
4649 |
|
---|
4650 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
|
---|
4651 | A section will be included if:
|
---|
4652 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
|
---|
4653 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
|
---|
4654 | 2. It is an allocated segment,
|
---|
4655 | 3. There is an output section associated with it,
|
---|
4656 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
|
---|
4657 | 5. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
|
---|
4658 | 6. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. */
|
---|
4659 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
|
---|
4660 | ((((segment->p_paddr \
|
---|
4661 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
|
---|
4662 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
|
---|
4663 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
|
---|
4664 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
|
---|
4665 | && section->output_section != NULL \
|
---|
4666 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
|
---|
4667 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
|
---|
4668 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
|
---|
4669 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
|
---|
4670 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
|
---|
4671 | && ! section->segment_mark)
|
---|
4672 |
|
---|
4673 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
|
---|
4674 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
|
---|
4675 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
|
---|
4676 |
|
---|
4677 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
|
---|
4678 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
|
---|
4679 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
|
---|
4680 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
|
---|
4681 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
|
---|
4682 | LMA. */
|
---|
4683 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
|
---|
4684 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
|
---|
4685 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
|
---|
4686 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
|
---|
4687 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
|
---|
4688 |
|
---|
4689 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
|
---|
4690 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
---|
4691 | section->segment_mark = FALSE;
|
---|
4692 |
|
---|
4693 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
|
---|
4694 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
|
---|
4695 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
|
---|
4696 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
|
---|
4697 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
---|
4698 | i < num_segments;
|
---|
4699 | i++, segment++)
|
---|
4700 | {
|
---|
4701 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
4702 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
|
---|
4703 |
|
---|
4704 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
|
---|
4705 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
|
---|
4706 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
|
---|
4707 | {
|
---|
4708 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
|
---|
4709 | assigment code will work. */
|
---|
4710 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
|
---|
4711 | break;
|
---|
4712 | }
|
---|
4713 |
|
---|
4714 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
---|
4715 | continue;
|
---|
4716 |
|
---|
4717 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
|
---|
4718 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
|
---|
4719 | {
|
---|
4720 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
|
---|
4721 |
|
---|
4722 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
|
---|
4723 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
|
---|
4724 | continue;
|
---|
4725 |
|
---|
4726 | /* Merge the two segments together. */
|
---|
4727 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
|
---|
4728 | {
|
---|
4729 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
|
---|
4730 | SEGMENT. */
|
---|
4731 | extra_length =
|
---|
4732 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
|
---|
4733 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
|
---|
4734 |
|
---|
4735 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
---|
4736 | {
|
---|
4737 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
---|
4738 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
---|
4739 | }
|
---|
4740 |
|
---|
4741 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
---|
4742 |
|
---|
4743 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
|
---|
4744 | i = 0;
|
---|
4745 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
---|
4746 | break;
|
---|
4747 | }
|
---|
4748 | else
|
---|
4749 | {
|
---|
4750 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
|
---|
4751 | SEGMENT2. */
|
---|
4752 | extra_length =
|
---|
4753 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
|
---|
4754 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
|
---|
4755 |
|
---|
4756 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
---|
4757 | {
|
---|
4758 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
---|
4759 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
---|
4760 | }
|
---|
4761 |
|
---|
4762 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
---|
4763 | }
|
---|
4764 | }
|
---|
4765 | }
|
---|
4766 |
|
---|
4767 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
|
---|
4768 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
---|
4769 | i < num_segments;
|
---|
4770 | i ++, segment ++)
|
---|
4771 | {
|
---|
4772 | unsigned int section_count;
|
---|
4773 | asection ** sections;
|
---|
4774 | asection * output_section;
|
---|
4775 | unsigned int isec;
|
---|
4776 | bfd_vma matching_lma;
|
---|
4777 | bfd_vma suggested_lma;
|
---|
4778 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
4779 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
4780 |
|
---|
4781 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
---|
4782 | continue;
|
---|
4783 |
|
---|
4784 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
|
---|
4785 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
|
---|
4786 | section != NULL;
|
---|
4787 | section = section->next)
|
---|
4788 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
|
---|
4789 | ++section_count;
|
---|
4790 |
|
---|
4791 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
|
---|
4792 | all of the sections we have selected. */
|
---|
4793 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
4794 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
---|
4795 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
|
---|
4796 | if (map == NULL)
|
---|
4797 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4798 |
|
---|
4799 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
|
---|
4800 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
|
---|
4801 | map->next = NULL;
|
---|
4802 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
---|
4803 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
---|
4804 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
---|
4805 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
|
---|
4806 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
---|
4807 |
|
---|
4808 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
|
---|
4809 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
|
---|
4810 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
|
---|
4811 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
|
---|
4812 |
|
---|
4813 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
---|
4814 |
|
---|
4815 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
---|
4816 | {
|
---|
4817 | map->includes_phdrs =
|
---|
4818 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
---|
4819 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
|
---|
4820 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
---|
4821 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
|
---|
4822 |
|
---|
4823 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
4824 | phdr_included = TRUE;
|
---|
4825 | }
|
---|
4826 |
|
---|
4827 | if (section_count == 0)
|
---|
4828 | {
|
---|
4829 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
|
---|
4830 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
|
---|
4831 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
|
---|
4832 | a warning is produced. */
|
---|
4833 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
4834 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
4835 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
|
---|
4836 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
|
---|
4837 |
|
---|
4838 | map->count = 0;
|
---|
4839 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
---|
4840 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
---|
4841 |
|
---|
4842 | continue;
|
---|
4843 | }
|
---|
4844 |
|
---|
4845 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
|
---|
4846 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
|
---|
4847 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
|
---|
4848 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
|
---|
4849 |
|
---|
4850 | 1. None of the sections have been moved.
|
---|
4851 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
|
---|
4852 | input BFD.
|
---|
4853 |
|
---|
4854 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
|
---|
4855 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
---|
4856 | of the first section.
|
---|
4857 |
|
---|
4858 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
|
---|
4859 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
|
---|
4860 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
|
---|
4861 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
|
---|
4862 | have to be created to contain the other sections.
|
---|
4863 |
|
---|
4864 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
|
---|
4865 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
---|
4866 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
|
---|
4867 | or segments to contain the other sections.
|
---|
4868 |
|
---|
4869 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
|
---|
4870 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
|
---|
4871 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
|
---|
4872 |
|
---|
4873 | /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
|
---|
4874 | to work around this long long bug. */
|
---|
4875 | amt = section_count * sizeof (asection *);
|
---|
4876 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
---|
4877 | if (sections == NULL)
|
---|
4878 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4879 |
|
---|
4880 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
|
---|
4881 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
|
---|
4882 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
|
---|
4883 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
|
---|
4884 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
|
---|
4885 | more to do. */
|
---|
4886 | isec = 0;
|
---|
4887 | matching_lma = 0;
|
---|
4888 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
---|
4889 |
|
---|
4890 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
|
---|
4891 | section != NULL;
|
---|
4892 | section = section->next)
|
---|
4893 | {
|
---|
4894 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
|
---|
4895 | {
|
---|
4896 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
---|
4897 |
|
---|
4898 | sections[j ++] = section;
|
---|
4899 |
|
---|
4900 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
|
---|
4901 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
|
---|
4902 | correct value. Note - some backends require that
|
---|
4903 | p_paddr be left as zero. */
|
---|
4904 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0
|
---|
4905 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0
|
---|
4906 | && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
|
---|
4907 | && isec == 0
|
---|
4908 | && output_section->lma != 0
|
---|
4909 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
|
---|
4910 | + (map->includes_filehdr
|
---|
4911 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize
|
---|
4912 | : 0)
|
---|
4913 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
---|
4914 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum
|
---|
4915 | * iehdr->e_phentsize)
|
---|
4916 | : 0))))
|
---|
4917 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
|
---|
4918 |
|
---|
4919 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
|
---|
4920 | LMA address of the output section. */
|
---|
4921 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
---|
4922 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
|
---|
4923 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
|
---|
4924 | IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
|
---|
4925 | )
|
---|
4926 | {
|
---|
4927 | if (matching_lma == 0)
|
---|
4928 | matching_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
4929 |
|
---|
4930 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
|
---|
4931 | then it does not overlap any other section within that
|
---|
4932 | segment. */
|
---|
4933 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
|
---|
4934 | }
|
---|
4935 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
---|
4936 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
4937 | }
|
---|
4938 | }
|
---|
4939 |
|
---|
4940 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
|
---|
4941 |
|
---|
4942 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
|
---|
4943 | if necessary. */
|
---|
4944 | if (isec == section_count)
|
---|
4945 | {
|
---|
4946 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
|
---|
4947 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
|
---|
4948 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
|
---|
4949 | program header in the input BFD. */
|
---|
4950 | map->count = section_count;
|
---|
4951 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
---|
4952 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
---|
4953 |
|
---|
4954 | free (sections);
|
---|
4955 | continue;
|
---|
4956 | }
|
---|
4957 | else
|
---|
4958 | {
|
---|
4959 | if (matching_lma != 0)
|
---|
4960 | {
|
---|
4961 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
|
---|
4962 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
|
---|
4963 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */
|
---|
4964 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
|
---|
4965 | }
|
---|
4966 | else
|
---|
4967 | {
|
---|
4968 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
|
---|
4969 | Change the current segment's physical address to match
|
---|
4970 | the LMA of the first section. */
|
---|
4971 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
---|
4972 | }
|
---|
4973 |
|
---|
4974 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
|
---|
4975 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
|
---|
4976 | if (map->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
4977 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
|
---|
4978 |
|
---|
4979 | if (map->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
4980 | {
|
---|
4981 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
---|
4982 |
|
---|
4983 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
|
---|
4984 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note
|
---|
4985 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose
|
---|
4986 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
|
---|
4987 | offset when we know the correct value. */
|
---|
4988 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
|
---|
4989 | phdr_adjust_seg = map;
|
---|
4990 | }
|
---|
4991 | }
|
---|
4992 |
|
---|
4993 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
|
---|
4994 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
|
---|
4995 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
|
---|
4996 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
|
---|
4997 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
|
---|
4998 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
|
---|
4999 | the loop. */
|
---|
5000 | isec = 0;
|
---|
5001 | do
|
---|
5002 | {
|
---|
5003 | map->count = 0;
|
---|
5004 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
---|
5005 |
|
---|
5006 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
|
---|
5007 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
|
---|
5008 | {
|
---|
5009 | section = sections[j];
|
---|
5010 |
|
---|
5011 | if (section == NULL)
|
---|
5012 | continue;
|
---|
5013 |
|
---|
5014 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
---|
5015 |
|
---|
5016 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
|
---|
5017 |
|
---|
5018 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
---|
5019 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
|
---|
5020 | {
|
---|
5021 | if (map->count == 0)
|
---|
5022 | {
|
---|
5023 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
|
---|
5024 | the beginning of the segment, then something is
|
---|
5025 | wrong. */
|
---|
5026 | if (output_section->lma !=
|
---|
5027 | (map->p_paddr
|
---|
5028 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
|
---|
5029 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
---|
5030 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
---|
5031 | : 0)))
|
---|
5032 | abort ();
|
---|
5033 | }
|
---|
5034 | else
|
---|
5035 | {
|
---|
5036 | asection * prev_sec;
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
|
---|
5039 |
|
---|
5040 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
|
---|
5041 | and the start of this section is more than
|
---|
5042 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
|
---|
5043 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size,
|
---|
5044 | maxpagesize)
|
---|
5045 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
|
---|
5046 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size)
|
---|
5047 | > output_section->lma))
|
---|
5048 | {
|
---|
5049 | if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
---|
5050 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
5051 |
|
---|
5052 | continue;
|
---|
5053 | }
|
---|
5054 | }
|
---|
5055 |
|
---|
5056 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
|
---|
5057 | ++isec;
|
---|
5058 | sections[j] = NULL;
|
---|
5059 | section->segment_mark = TRUE;
|
---|
5060 | }
|
---|
5061 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
---|
5062 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
5063 | }
|
---|
5064 |
|
---|
5065 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
|
---|
5066 |
|
---|
5067 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
|
---|
5068 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
---|
5069 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
---|
5070 |
|
---|
5071 | if (isec < section_count)
|
---|
5072 | {
|
---|
5073 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
|
---|
5074 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
|
---|
5075 | and carry on looping. */
|
---|
5076 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
---|
5077 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
---|
5078 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
|
---|
5079 | if (map == NULL)
|
---|
5080 | {
|
---|
5081 | free (sections);
|
---|
5082 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5083 | }
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
|
---|
5086 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
|
---|
5087 | not yet been assigned. */
|
---|
5088 | map->next = NULL;
|
---|
5089 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
---|
5090 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
---|
5091 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
---|
5092 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
---|
5093 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
---|
5094 | map->includes_filehdr = 0;
|
---|
5095 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
---|
5096 | }
|
---|
5097 | }
|
---|
5098 | while (isec < section_count);
|
---|
5099 |
|
---|
5100 | free (sections);
|
---|
5101 | }
|
---|
5102 |
|
---|
5103 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
|
---|
5104 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
|
---|
5105 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
|
---|
5106 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
|
---|
5107 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
---|
5108 | if (map->p_paddr != 0)
|
---|
5109 | break;
|
---|
5110 | if (map == NULL)
|
---|
5111 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
---|
5112 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
|
---|
5113 |
|
---|
5114 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
|
---|
5115 |
|
---|
5116 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
|
---|
5117 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
|
---|
5118 | the offset if necessary. */
|
---|
5119 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
|
---|
5120 | {
|
---|
5121 | unsigned int count;
|
---|
5122 |
|
---|
5123 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
---|
5124 | count++;
|
---|
5125 |
|
---|
5126 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
|
---|
5127 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
|
---|
5128 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
---|
5129 | }
|
---|
5130 |
|
---|
5131 | #if 0
|
---|
5132 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical
|
---|
5133 | address. */
|
---|
5134 | if (map_first != NULL)
|
---|
5135 | {
|
---|
5136 | struct elf_segment_map *prev;
|
---|
5137 |
|
---|
5138 | prev = map_first;
|
---|
5139 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL; prev = map, map = map->next)
|
---|
5140 | {
|
---|
5141 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */
|
---|
5142 | if (map->next != NULL && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr))
|
---|
5143 | {
|
---|
5144 | /* Swap map and map->next. */
|
---|
5145 | prev->next = map->next;
|
---|
5146 | map->next = map->next->next;
|
---|
5147 | prev->next->next = map;
|
---|
5148 |
|
---|
5149 | /* Restart loop. */
|
---|
5150 | map = map_first;
|
---|
5151 | }
|
---|
5152 | }
|
---|
5153 | }
|
---|
5154 | #endif
|
---|
5155 |
|
---|
5156 | #undef SEGMENT_END
|
---|
5157 | #undef SECTION_SIZE
|
---|
5158 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
|
---|
5159 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
|
---|
5160 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
|
---|
5161 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
|
---|
5162 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
|
---|
5163 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
|
---|
5164 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
|
---|
5165 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5166 | }
|
---|
5167 |
|
---|
5168 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
|
---|
5169 | field, and sometimes the info field. */
|
---|
5170 |
|
---|
5171 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
5172 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec)
|
---|
5173 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
5174 | asection *isec;
|
---|
5175 | bfd *obfd;
|
---|
5176 | asection *osec;
|
---|
5177 | {
|
---|
5178 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
|
---|
5179 |
|
---|
5180 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
5181 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
5182 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5183 |
|
---|
5184 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
|
---|
5185 | {
|
---|
5186 | asection *s;
|
---|
5187 |
|
---|
5188 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC
|
---|
5189 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is
|
---|
5190 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy
|
---|
5191 | won't call this routine in that case. */
|
---|
5192 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
5193 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
5194 | break;
|
---|
5195 | if (s == NULL)
|
---|
5196 | {
|
---|
5197 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
|
---|
5198 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5199 | }
|
---|
5200 | }
|
---|
5201 |
|
---|
5202 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
|
---|
5203 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
|
---|
5204 |
|
---|
5205 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
|
---|
5206 |
|
---|
5207 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
5208 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
|
---|
5209 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
|
---|
5210 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
|
---|
5211 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
|
---|
5212 |
|
---|
5213 | /* Set things up for objcopy. The output SHT_GROUP section will
|
---|
5214 | have its elf_next_in_group pointing back to the input group
|
---|
5215 | members. */
|
---|
5216 | elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
|
---|
5217 | elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
|
---|
5218 |
|
---|
5219 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
|
---|
5220 |
|
---|
5221 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5222 | }
|
---|
5223 |
|
---|
5224 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
|
---|
5225 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
|
---|
5226 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
|
---|
5227 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
|
---|
5228 | swap_out_syms function. */
|
---|
5229 |
|
---|
5230 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
|
---|
5231 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
|
---|
5232 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
|
---|
5233 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
|
---|
5234 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
|
---|
5235 |
|
---|
5236 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
5237 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg)
|
---|
5238 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
5239 | asymbol *isymarg;
|
---|
5240 | bfd *obfd;
|
---|
5241 | asymbol *osymarg;
|
---|
5242 | {
|
---|
5243 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
|
---|
5244 |
|
---|
5245 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
5246 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
5247 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5248 |
|
---|
5249 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
|
---|
5250 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
|
---|
5251 |
|
---|
5252 | if (isym != NULL
|
---|
5253 | && osym != NULL
|
---|
5254 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
|
---|
5255 | {
|
---|
5256 | unsigned int shndx;
|
---|
5257 |
|
---|
5258 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
---|
5259 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
|
---|
5260 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
|
---|
5261 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
|
---|
5262 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
|
---|
5263 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
|
---|
5264 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
|
---|
5265 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
|
---|
5266 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
|
---|
5267 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
|
---|
5268 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
|
---|
5269 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
---|
5270 | }
|
---|
5271 |
|
---|
5272 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5273 | }
|
---|
5274 |
|
---|
5275 | /* Swap out the symbols. */
|
---|
5276 |
|
---|
5277 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
5278 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp, relocatable_p)
|
---|
5279 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5280 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp;
|
---|
5281 | int relocatable_p;
|
---|
5282 | {
|
---|
5283 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
5284 | int symcount;
|
---|
5285 | asymbol **syms;
|
---|
5286 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
|
---|
5287 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
---|
5288 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
---|
5289 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
5290 | char *outbound_syms;
|
---|
5291 | char *outbound_shndx;
|
---|
5292 | int idx;
|
---|
5293 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
5294 |
|
---|
5295 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
|
---|
5296 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5297 |
|
---|
5298 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */
|
---|
5299 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
|
---|
5300 | if (stt == NULL)
|
---|
5301 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5302 |
|
---|
5303 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
5304 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
---|
5305 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
5306 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
|
---|
5307 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
5308 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
|
---|
5309 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
|
---|
5310 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
---|
5311 |
|
---|
5312 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
5313 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
5314 |
|
---|
5315 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
5316 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
5317 | if (outbound_syms == NULL)
|
---|
5318 | {
|
---|
5319 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
---|
5320 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5321 | }
|
---|
5322 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms;
|
---|
5323 |
|
---|
5324 | outbound_shndx = NULL;
|
---|
5325 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
---|
5326 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
|
---|
5327 | {
|
---|
5328 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
---|
5329 | outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
5330 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
|
---|
5331 | {
|
---|
5332 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
---|
5333 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5334 | }
|
---|
5335 |
|
---|
5336 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
|
---|
5337 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
|
---|
5338 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
|
---|
5339 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
---|
5340 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
---|
5341 | }
|
---|
5342 |
|
---|
5343 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
|
---|
5344 | {
|
---|
5345 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
|
---|
5346 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
---|
5347 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
---|
5348 | sym.st_value = 0;
|
---|
5349 | sym.st_size = 0;
|
---|
5350 | sym.st_info = 0;
|
---|
5351 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
---|
5352 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
---|
5353 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
|
---|
5354 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
5355 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
|
---|
5356 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
---|
5357 | }
|
---|
5358 |
|
---|
5359 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
---|
5360 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
5361 | {
|
---|
5362 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
---|
5363 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
|
---|
5364 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
|
---|
5365 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
|
---|
5366 | int type;
|
---|
5367 |
|
---|
5368 | if ((flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
---|
5369 | {
|
---|
5370 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */
|
---|
5371 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
---|
5372 | }
|
---|
5373 | else
|
---|
5374 | {
|
---|
5375 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
|
---|
5376 | syms[idx]->name,
|
---|
5377 | TRUE, FALSE);
|
---|
5378 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
---|
5379 | {
|
---|
5380 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
---|
5381 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5382 | }
|
---|
5383 | }
|
---|
5384 |
|
---|
5385 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
|
---|
5386 |
|
---|
5387 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
---|
5388 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
---|
5389 | {
|
---|
5390 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
|
---|
5391 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
|
---|
5392 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
|
---|
5393 | sym.st_size = value;
|
---|
5394 | if (type_ptr == NULL
|
---|
5395 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
|
---|
5396 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
|
---|
5397 | else
|
---|
5398 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
---|
5399 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
|
---|
5400 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
|
---|
5401 | }
|
---|
5402 | else
|
---|
5403 | {
|
---|
5404 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
|
---|
5405 | int shndx;
|
---|
5406 |
|
---|
5407 | if (sec->output_section)
|
---|
5408 | {
|
---|
5409 | value += sec->output_offset;
|
---|
5410 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
---|
5411 | }
|
---|
5412 |
|
---|
5413 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
|
---|
5414 | if (! relocatable_p)
|
---|
5415 | value += sec->vma;
|
---|
5416 | sym.st_value = value;
|
---|
5417 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
|
---|
5418 |
|
---|
5419 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
|
---|
5420 | && type_ptr != NULL
|
---|
5421 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
|
---|
5422 | {
|
---|
5423 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
|
---|
5424 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
|
---|
5425 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */
|
---|
5426 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
---|
5427 | switch (shndx)
|
---|
5428 | {
|
---|
5429 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
|
---|
5430 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
---|
5431 | break;
|
---|
5432 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
|
---|
5433 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
|
---|
5434 | break;
|
---|
5435 | case MAP_STRTAB:
|
---|
5436 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
|
---|
5437 | break;
|
---|
5438 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
|
---|
5439 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
|
---|
5440 | break;
|
---|
5441 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
|
---|
5442 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
|
---|
5443 | break;
|
---|
5444 | default:
|
---|
5445 | break;
|
---|
5446 | }
|
---|
5447 | }
|
---|
5448 | else
|
---|
5449 | {
|
---|
5450 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
---|
5451 |
|
---|
5452 | if (shndx == -1)
|
---|
5453 | {
|
---|
5454 | asection *sec2;
|
---|
5455 |
|
---|
5456 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
|
---|
5457 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
|
---|
5458 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to
|
---|
5459 | demand of applications. For example, it
|
---|
5460 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the
|
---|
5461 | section of a symbol to be a section that is
|
---|
5462 | actually in the output file. */
|
---|
5463 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
|
---|
5464 | if (sec2 == NULL)
|
---|
5465 | {
|
---|
5466 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\
|
---|
5467 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
|
---|
5468 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
|
---|
5469 | sec->name);
|
---|
5470 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
---|
5471 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
---|
5472 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5473 | }
|
---|
5474 |
|
---|
5475 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
|
---|
5476 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
|
---|
5477 | }
|
---|
5478 | }
|
---|
5479 |
|
---|
5480 | sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
---|
5481 | }
|
---|
5482 |
|
---|
5483 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
---|
5484 | type = STT_TLS;
|
---|
5485 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
|
---|
5486 | type = STT_FUNC;
|
---|
5487 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
|
---|
5488 | type = STT_OBJECT;
|
---|
5489 | else
|
---|
5490 | type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
---|
5491 |
|
---|
5492 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
---|
5493 | type = STT_TLS;
|
---|
5494 |
|
---|
5495 | /* Processor-specific types. */
|
---|
5496 | if (type_ptr != NULL
|
---|
5497 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
---|
5498 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
---|
5499 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
|
---|
5500 |
|
---|
5501 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
---|
5502 | {
|
---|
5503 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
---|
5504 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
---|
5505 | else
|
---|
5506 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
|
---|
5507 | }
|
---|
5508 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
---|
5509 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
|
---|
5510 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
---|
5511 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
---|
5512 | ? STB_WEAK
|
---|
5513 | : STB_GLOBAL),
|
---|
5514 | type);
|
---|
5515 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
|
---|
5516 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
|
---|
5517 | else
|
---|
5518 | {
|
---|
5519 | int bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
---|
5520 |
|
---|
5521 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
|
---|
5522 | bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
---|
5523 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
---|
5524 | bind = STB_WEAK;
|
---|
5525 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
---|
5526 | bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
---|
5527 |
|
---|
5528 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
|
---|
5529 | }
|
---|
5530 |
|
---|
5531 | if (type_ptr != NULL)
|
---|
5532 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
---|
5533 | else
|
---|
5534 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
---|
5535 |
|
---|
5536 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
|
---|
5537 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
5538 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
|
---|
5539 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
---|
5540 | }
|
---|
5541 |
|
---|
5542 | *sttp = stt;
|
---|
5543 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
|
---|
5544 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
5545 |
|
---|
5546 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
5547 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
5548 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
5549 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
---|
5550 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
---|
5551 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
---|
5552 |
|
---|
5553 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5554 | }
|
---|
5555 |
|
---|
5556 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
|
---|
5557 |
|
---|
5558 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
|
---|
5559 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
|
---|
5560 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
|
---|
5561 |
|
---|
5562 | long
|
---|
5563 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
5564 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5565 | {
|
---|
5566 | long symcount;
|
---|
5567 | long symtab_size;
|
---|
5568 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
5569 |
|
---|
5570 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
5571 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
---|
5572 | if (symcount > 0)
|
---|
5573 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
|
---|
5574 |
|
---|
5575 | return symtab_size;
|
---|
5576 | }
|
---|
5577 |
|
---|
5578 | long
|
---|
5579 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
5580 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5581 | {
|
---|
5582 | long symcount;
|
---|
5583 | long symtab_size;
|
---|
5584 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
---|
5585 |
|
---|
5586 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
5587 | {
|
---|
5588 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
---|
5589 | return -1;
|
---|
5590 | }
|
---|
5591 |
|
---|
5592 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
5593 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
---|
5594 | if (symcount > 0)
|
---|
5595 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
|
---|
5596 |
|
---|
5597 | return symtab_size;
|
---|
5598 | }
|
---|
5599 |
|
---|
5600 | long
|
---|
5601 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
|
---|
5602 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5603 | sec_ptr asect;
|
---|
5604 | {
|
---|
5605 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
|
---|
5606 | }
|
---|
5607 |
|
---|
5608 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
|
---|
5609 |
|
---|
5610 | long
|
---|
5611 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
|
---|
5612 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5613 | sec_ptr section;
|
---|
5614 | arelent **relptr;
|
---|
5615 | asymbol **symbols;
|
---|
5616 | {
|
---|
5617 | arelent *tblptr;
|
---|
5618 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
5619 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
5620 |
|
---|
5621 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
|
---|
5622 | return -1;
|
---|
5623 |
|
---|
5624 | tblptr = section->relocation;
|
---|
5625 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
|
---|
5626 | *relptr++ = tblptr++;
|
---|
5627 |
|
---|
5628 | *relptr = NULL;
|
---|
5629 |
|
---|
5630 | return section->reloc_count;
|
---|
5631 | }
|
---|
5632 |
|
---|
5633 | long
|
---|
5634 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
---|
5635 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5636 | asymbol **alocation;
|
---|
5637 | {
|
---|
5638 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
5639 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, FALSE);
|
---|
5640 |
|
---|
5641 | if (symcount >= 0)
|
---|
5642 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
|
---|
5643 | return symcount;
|
---|
5644 | }
|
---|
5645 |
|
---|
5646 | long
|
---|
5647 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
---|
5648 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5649 | asymbol **alocation;
|
---|
5650 | {
|
---|
5651 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
5652 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, TRUE);
|
---|
5653 |
|
---|
5654 | if (symcount >= 0)
|
---|
5655 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
|
---|
5656 | return symcount;
|
---|
5657 | }
|
---|
5658 |
|
---|
5659 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any
|
---|
5660 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type
|
---|
5661 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is
|
---|
5662 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
|
---|
5663 |
|
---|
5664 | long
|
---|
5665 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
5666 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5667 | {
|
---|
5668 | long ret;
|
---|
5669 | asection *s;
|
---|
5670 |
|
---|
5671 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
5672 | {
|
---|
5673 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
---|
5674 | return -1;
|
---|
5675 | }
|
---|
5676 |
|
---|
5677 | ret = sizeof (arelent *);
|
---|
5678 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
5679 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
---|
5680 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
---|
5681 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
---|
5682 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
|
---|
5683 | * sizeof (arelent *));
|
---|
5684 |
|
---|
5685 | return ret;
|
---|
5686 | }
|
---|
5687 |
|
---|
5688 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return
|
---|
5689 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are
|
---|
5690 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which
|
---|
5691 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there
|
---|
5692 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually
|
---|
5693 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses
|
---|
5694 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc
|
---|
5695 | section. */
|
---|
5696 |
|
---|
5697 | long
|
---|
5698 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms)
|
---|
5699 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5700 | arelent **storage;
|
---|
5701 | asymbol **syms;
|
---|
5702 | {
|
---|
5703 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs)
|
---|
5704 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean));
|
---|
5705 | asection *s;
|
---|
5706 | long ret;
|
---|
5707 |
|
---|
5708 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
5709 | {
|
---|
5710 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
---|
5711 | return -1;
|
---|
5712 | }
|
---|
5713 |
|
---|
5714 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
|
---|
5715 | ret = 0;
|
---|
5716 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
5717 | {
|
---|
5718 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
---|
5719 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
---|
5720 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
---|
5721 | {
|
---|
5722 | arelent *p;
|
---|
5723 | long count, i;
|
---|
5724 |
|
---|
5725 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
|
---|
5726 | return -1;
|
---|
5727 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
|
---|
5728 | p = s->relocation;
|
---|
5729 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
---|
5730 | *storage++ = p++;
|
---|
5731 | ret += count;
|
---|
5732 | }
|
---|
5733 | }
|
---|
5734 |
|
---|
5735 | *storage = NULL;
|
---|
5736 |
|
---|
5737 | return ret;
|
---|
5738 | }
|
---|
5739 | |
---|
5740 |
|
---|
5741 | /* Read in the version information. */
|
---|
5742 |
|
---|
5743 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
5744 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)
|
---|
5745 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5746 | {
|
---|
5747 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
---|
5748 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
---|
5749 |
|
---|
5750 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
5751 | {
|
---|
5752 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
5753 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
|
---|
5754 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
|
---|
5755 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
|
---|
5756 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
|
---|
5757 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
5758 | unsigned int maxidx;
|
---|
5759 |
|
---|
5760 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
|
---|
5761 |
|
---|
5762 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
---|
5763 | if (contents == NULL)
|
---|
5764 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5765 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
5766 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
5767 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5768 |
|
---|
5769 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
|
---|
5770 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
|
---|
5771 | the maximum. */
|
---|
5772 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
---|
5773 | maxidx = 0;
|
---|
5774 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
|
---|
5775 | {
|
---|
5776 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
---|
5777 |
|
---|
5778 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
|
---|
5779 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
|
---|
5780 |
|
---|
5781 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
---|
5782 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
|
---|
5783 | }
|
---|
5784 |
|
---|
5785 | amt = (bfd_size_type) maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef);
|
---|
5786 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
5787 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
---|
5788 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5789 |
|
---|
5790 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
|
---|
5791 |
|
---|
5792 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
---|
5793 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
|
---|
5794 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
|
---|
5795 | {
|
---|
5796 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
|
---|
5797 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
|
---|
5798 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
5799 |
|
---|
5800 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
---|
5801 |
|
---|
5802 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
|
---|
5803 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
|
---|
5804 |
|
---|
5805 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
|
---|
5806 |
|
---|
5807 | amt = (bfd_size_type) iverdef->vd_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux);
|
---|
5808 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Verdaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
5809 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
|
---|
5810 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5811 |
|
---|
5812 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
---|
5813 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
|
---|
5814 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
|
---|
5815 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
|
---|
5816 | {
|
---|
5817 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
|
---|
5818 |
|
---|
5819 | iverdaux->vda_nodename =
|
---|
5820 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
---|
5821 | iverdaux->vda_name);
|
---|
5822 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
|
---|
5823 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5824 |
|
---|
5825 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
|
---|
5826 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
|
---|
5827 | else
|
---|
5828 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
|
---|
5829 |
|
---|
5830 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
---|
5831 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
|
---|
5832 | }
|
---|
5833 |
|
---|
5834 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
|
---|
5835 |
|
---|
5836 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
---|
5837 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
|
---|
5838 | else
|
---|
5839 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
|
---|
5840 |
|
---|
5841 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
---|
5842 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
|
---|
5843 | }
|
---|
5844 |
|
---|
5845 | free (contents);
|
---|
5846 | contents = NULL;
|
---|
5847 | }
|
---|
5848 |
|
---|
5849 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
5850 | {
|
---|
5851 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
5852 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
|
---|
5853 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
|
---|
5854 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
5855 |
|
---|
5856 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
|
---|
5857 |
|
---|
5858 | amt = (bfd_size_type) hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed);
|
---|
5859 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref =
|
---|
5860 | (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
5861 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
|
---|
5862 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5863 |
|
---|
5864 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
|
---|
5865 |
|
---|
5866 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
---|
5867 | if (contents == NULL)
|
---|
5868 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5869 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
5870 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
5871 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5872 |
|
---|
5873 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
|
---|
5874 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
---|
5875 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
|
---|
5876 | {
|
---|
5877 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
|
---|
5878 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
|
---|
5879 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
5880 |
|
---|
5881 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
|
---|
5882 |
|
---|
5883 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
|
---|
5884 |
|
---|
5885 | iverneed->vn_filename =
|
---|
5886 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
---|
5887 | iverneed->vn_file);
|
---|
5888 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
|
---|
5889 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5890 |
|
---|
5891 | amt = iverneed->vn_cnt;
|
---|
5892 | amt *= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux);
|
---|
5893 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Vernaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
5894 |
|
---|
5895 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
---|
5896 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
|
---|
5897 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
|
---|
5898 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
|
---|
5899 | {
|
---|
5900 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
|
---|
5901 |
|
---|
5902 | ivernaux->vna_nodename =
|
---|
5903 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
---|
5904 | ivernaux->vna_name);
|
---|
5905 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
|
---|
5906 | goto error_return;
|
---|
5907 |
|
---|
5908 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
|
---|
5909 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
|
---|
5910 | else
|
---|
5911 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
|
---|
5912 |
|
---|
5913 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
---|
5914 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
|
---|
5915 | }
|
---|
5916 |
|
---|
5917 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
---|
5918 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
|
---|
5919 | else
|
---|
5920 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
|
---|
5921 |
|
---|
5922 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
|
---|
5923 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
|
---|
5924 | }
|
---|
5925 |
|
---|
5926 | free (contents);
|
---|
5927 | contents = NULL;
|
---|
5928 | }
|
---|
5929 |
|
---|
5930 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5931 |
|
---|
5932 | error_return:
|
---|
5933 | if (contents != NULL)
|
---|
5934 | free (contents);
|
---|
5935 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5936 | }
|
---|
5937 | |
---|
5938 |
|
---|
5939 | asymbol *
|
---|
5940 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
|
---|
5941 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5942 | {
|
---|
5943 | elf_symbol_type *newsym;
|
---|
5944 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
|
---|
5945 |
|
---|
5946 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
---|
5947 | if (!newsym)
|
---|
5948 | return NULL;
|
---|
5949 | else
|
---|
5950 | {
|
---|
5951 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
|
---|
5952 | return &newsym->symbol;
|
---|
5953 | }
|
---|
5954 | }
|
---|
5955 |
|
---|
5956 | void
|
---|
5957 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
|
---|
5958 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5959 | asymbol *symbol;
|
---|
5960 | symbol_info *ret;
|
---|
5961 | {
|
---|
5962 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
|
---|
5963 | }
|
---|
5964 |
|
---|
5965 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
|
---|
5966 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
|
---|
5967 | override it. */
|
---|
5968 |
|
---|
5969 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
5970 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
|
---|
5971 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5972 | const char *name;
|
---|
5973 | {
|
---|
5974 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
|
---|
5975 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
|
---|
5976 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5977 |
|
---|
5978 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
|
---|
5979 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
|
---|
5980 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
|
---|
5981 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5982 |
|
---|
5983 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
|
---|
5984 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
|
---|
5985 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
|
---|
5986 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
|
---|
5987 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
|
---|
5988 | we treat such symbols as local. */
|
---|
5989 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
|
---|
5990 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5991 |
|
---|
5992 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5993 | }
|
---|
5994 |
|
---|
5995 | alent *
|
---|
5996 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol)
|
---|
5997 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5998 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5999 | {
|
---|
6000 | abort ();
|
---|
6001 | return NULL;
|
---|
6002 | }
|
---|
6003 |
|
---|
6004 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
6005 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
|
---|
6006 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6007 | enum bfd_architecture arch;
|
---|
6008 | unsigned long machine;
|
---|
6009 | {
|
---|
6010 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
|
---|
6011 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */
|
---|
6012 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
|
---|
6013 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
|
---|
6014 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
|
---|
6015 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6016 |
|
---|
6017 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
|
---|
6018 | }
|
---|
6019 |
|
---|
6020 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
|
---|
6021 | for error reporting. */
|
---|
6022 |
|
---|
6023 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6024 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
6025 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)
|
---|
6026 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6027 | asection *section;
|
---|
6028 | asymbol **symbols;
|
---|
6029 | bfd_vma offset;
|
---|
6030 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
---|
6031 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
---|
6032 | {
|
---|
6033 | const char *filename;
|
---|
6034 | asymbol *func;
|
---|
6035 | bfd_vma low_func;
|
---|
6036 | asymbol **p;
|
---|
6037 |
|
---|
6038 | filename = NULL;
|
---|
6039 | func = NULL;
|
---|
6040 | low_func = 0;
|
---|
6041 |
|
---|
6042 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
|
---|
6043 | {
|
---|
6044 | elf_symbol_type *q;
|
---|
6045 |
|
---|
6046 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
|
---|
6047 |
|
---|
6048 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section)
|
---|
6049 | continue;
|
---|
6050 |
|
---|
6051 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
|
---|
6052 | {
|
---|
6053 | default:
|
---|
6054 | break;
|
---|
6055 | case STT_FILE:
|
---|
6056 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol);
|
---|
6057 | break;
|
---|
6058 | case STT_NOTYPE:
|
---|
6059 | case STT_FUNC:
|
---|
6060 | if (q->symbol.section == section
|
---|
6061 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func
|
---|
6062 | && q->symbol.value <= offset)
|
---|
6063 | {
|
---|
6064 | func = (asymbol *) q;
|
---|
6065 | low_func = q->symbol.value;
|
---|
6066 | }
|
---|
6067 | break;
|
---|
6068 | }
|
---|
6069 | }
|
---|
6070 |
|
---|
6071 | if (func == NULL)
|
---|
6072 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6073 |
|
---|
6074 | if (filename_ptr)
|
---|
6075 | *filename_ptr = filename;
|
---|
6076 | if (functionname_ptr)
|
---|
6077 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
|
---|
6078 |
|
---|
6079 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6080 | }
|
---|
6081 |
|
---|
6082 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
|
---|
6083 | for error reporting. */
|
---|
6084 |
|
---|
6085 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
6086 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
6087 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
|
---|
6088 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6089 | asection *section;
|
---|
6090 | asymbol **symbols;
|
---|
6091 | bfd_vma offset;
|
---|
6092 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
---|
6093 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
---|
6094 | unsigned int *line_ptr;
|
---|
6095 | {
|
---|
6096 | bfd_boolean found;
|
---|
6097 |
|
---|
6098 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
6099 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
---|
6100 | line_ptr))
|
---|
6101 | {
|
---|
6102 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
---|
6103 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
6104 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
---|
6105 | functionname_ptr);
|
---|
6106 |
|
---|
6107 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6108 | }
|
---|
6109 |
|
---|
6110 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
6111 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
---|
6112 | line_ptr, 0,
|
---|
6113 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
|
---|
6114 | {
|
---|
6115 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
---|
6116 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
6117 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
---|
6118 | functionname_ptr);
|
---|
6119 |
|
---|
6120 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6121 | }
|
---|
6122 |
|
---|
6123 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
---|
6124 | &found, filename_ptr,
|
---|
6125 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
|
---|
6126 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
|
---|
6127 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6128 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
|
---|
6129 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6130 |
|
---|
6131 | if (symbols == NULL)
|
---|
6132 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6133 |
|
---|
6134 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
6135 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
|
---|
6136 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6137 |
|
---|
6138 | *line_ptr = 0;
|
---|
6139 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6140 | }
|
---|
6141 |
|
---|
6142 | int
|
---|
6143 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
|
---|
6144 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6145 | bfd_boolean reloc;
|
---|
6146 | {
|
---|
6147 | int ret;
|
---|
6148 |
|
---|
6149 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
6150 | if (! reloc)
|
---|
6151 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
|
---|
6152 | return ret;
|
---|
6153 | }
|
---|
6154 |
|
---|
6155 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
6156 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
|
---|
6157 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6158 | sec_ptr section;
|
---|
6159 | PTR location;
|
---|
6160 | file_ptr offset;
|
---|
6161 | bfd_size_type count;
|
---|
6162 | {
|
---|
6163 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
6164 | bfd_signed_vma pos;
|
---|
6165 |
|
---|
6166 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
---|
6167 | && ! (_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
---|
6168 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)))
|
---|
6169 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6170 |
|
---|
6171 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
|
---|
6172 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
|
---|
6173 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
6174 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
|
---|
6175 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6176 |
|
---|
6177 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6178 | }
|
---|
6179 |
|
---|
6180 | void
|
---|
6181 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
|
---|
6182 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6183 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6184 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6185 | {
|
---|
6186 | abort ();
|
---|
6187 | }
|
---|
6188 |
|
---|
6189 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
|
---|
6190 |
|
---|
6191 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
6192 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc)
|
---|
6193 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6194 | arelent *areloc;
|
---|
6195 | {
|
---|
6196 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
|
---|
6197 |
|
---|
6198 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
|
---|
6199 | {
|
---|
6200 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
|
---|
6201 | reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
---|
6202 |
|
---|
6203 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
|
---|
6204 | equivalent ELF reloc. */
|
---|
6205 |
|
---|
6206 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
|
---|
6207 | {
|
---|
6208 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
---|
6209 | {
|
---|
6210 | case 8:
|
---|
6211 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
|
---|
6212 | break;
|
---|
6213 | case 12:
|
---|
6214 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
|
---|
6215 | break;
|
---|
6216 | case 16:
|
---|
6217 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
|
---|
6218 | break;
|
---|
6219 | case 24:
|
---|
6220 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
|
---|
6221 | break;
|
---|
6222 | case 32:
|
---|
6223 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
|
---|
6224 | break;
|
---|
6225 | case 64:
|
---|
6226 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
|
---|
6227 | break;
|
---|
6228 | default:
|
---|
6229 | goto fail;
|
---|
6230 | }
|
---|
6231 |
|
---|
6232 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
---|
6233 |
|
---|
6234 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
|
---|
6235 | {
|
---|
6236 | if (howto->pcrel_offset)
|
---|
6237 | areloc->addend += areloc->address;
|
---|
6238 | else
|
---|
6239 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
|
---|
6240 | }
|
---|
6241 | }
|
---|
6242 | else
|
---|
6243 | {
|
---|
6244 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
---|
6245 | {
|
---|
6246 | case 8:
|
---|
6247 | code = BFD_RELOC_8;
|
---|
6248 | break;
|
---|
6249 | case 14:
|
---|
6250 | code = BFD_RELOC_14;
|
---|
6251 | break;
|
---|
6252 | case 16:
|
---|
6253 | code = BFD_RELOC_16;
|
---|
6254 | break;
|
---|
6255 | case 26:
|
---|
6256 | code = BFD_RELOC_26;
|
---|
6257 | break;
|
---|
6258 | case 32:
|
---|
6259 | code = BFD_RELOC_32;
|
---|
6260 | break;
|
---|
6261 | case 64:
|
---|
6262 | code = BFD_RELOC_64;
|
---|
6263 | break;
|
---|
6264 | default:
|
---|
6265 | goto fail;
|
---|
6266 | }
|
---|
6267 |
|
---|
6268 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
---|
6269 | }
|
---|
6270 |
|
---|
6271 | if (howto)
|
---|
6272 | areloc->howto = howto;
|
---|
6273 | else
|
---|
6274 | goto fail;
|
---|
6275 | }
|
---|
6276 |
|
---|
6277 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6278 |
|
---|
6279 | fail:
|
---|
6280 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
6281 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"),
|
---|
6282 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name);
|
---|
6283 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
---|
6284 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6285 | }
|
---|
6286 |
|
---|
6287 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
6288 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd)
|
---|
6289 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6290 | {
|
---|
6291 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
6292 | {
|
---|
6293 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
|
---|
6294 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
6295 | }
|
---|
6296 |
|
---|
6297 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
|
---|
6298 | }
|
---|
6299 |
|
---|
6300 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
|
---|
6301 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
|
---|
6302 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
|
---|
6303 | this reloc. */
|
---|
6304 |
|
---|
6305 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
---|
6306 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (abfd, re, symbol, data, is, obfd, errmsg)
|
---|
6307 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6308 | arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6309 | struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6310 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6311 | asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6312 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6313 | char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6314 | {
|
---|
6315 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
---|
6316 | }
|
---|
6317 | |
---|
6318 |
|
---|
6319 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
|
---|
6320 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
|
---|
6321 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
|
---|
6322 | out details about the corefile. */
|
---|
6323 |
|
---|
6324 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
|
---|
6325 | # include <sys/procfs.h>
|
---|
6326 | #endif
|
---|
6327 |
|
---|
6328 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
|
---|
6329 |
|
---|
6330 | static int
|
---|
6331 | elfcore_make_pid (abfd)
|
---|
6332 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6333 | {
|
---|
6334 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
|
---|
6335 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
|
---|
6336 | }
|
---|
6337 |
|
---|
6338 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
|
---|
6339 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
|
---|
6340 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
|
---|
6341 | overwrite it. */
|
---|
6342 |
|
---|
6343 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6344 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect)
|
---|
6345 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6346 | char *name;
|
---|
6347 | asection *sect;
|
---|
6348 | {
|
---|
6349 | asection *sect2;
|
---|
6350 |
|
---|
6351 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
|
---|
6352 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6353 |
|
---|
6354 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
6355 | if (sect2 == NULL)
|
---|
6356 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6357 |
|
---|
6358 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size;
|
---|
6359 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
|
---|
6360 | sect2->flags = sect->flags;
|
---|
6361 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
|
---|
6362 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6363 | }
|
---|
6364 |
|
---|
6365 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
|
---|
6366 | actually creates up to two pseudosections:
|
---|
6367 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
|
---|
6368 | such a section already exists.
|
---|
6369 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
|
---|
6370 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
|
---|
6371 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
|
---|
6372 | bfd_boolean
|
---|
6373 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, size, filepos)
|
---|
6374 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6375 | char *name;
|
---|
6376 | size_t size;
|
---|
6377 | ufile_ptr filepos;
|
---|
6378 | {
|
---|
6379 | char buf[100];
|
---|
6380 | char *threaded_name;
|
---|
6381 | size_t len;
|
---|
6382 | asection *sect;
|
---|
6383 |
|
---|
6384 | /* Build the section name. */
|
---|
6385 |
|
---|
6386 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
---|
6387 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
---|
6388 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
---|
6389 | if (threaded_name == NULL)
|
---|
6390 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6391 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
|
---|
6392 |
|
---|
6393 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, threaded_name);
|
---|
6394 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
6395 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6396 | sect->_raw_size = size;
|
---|
6397 | sect->filepos = filepos;
|
---|
6398 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
6399 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
6400 |
|
---|
6401 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
|
---|
6402 | }
|
---|
6403 |
|
---|
6404 | /* prstatus_t exists on:
|
---|
6405 | solaris 2.5+
|
---|
6406 | linux 2.[01] + glibc
|
---|
6407 | unixware 4.2
|
---|
6408 | */
|
---|
6409 |
|
---|
6410 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6411 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prstatus
|
---|
6412 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
6413 |
|
---|
6414 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6415 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
6416 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6417 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6418 | {
|
---|
6419 | size_t raw_size;
|
---|
6420 | int offset;
|
---|
6421 |
|
---|
6422 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
|
---|
6423 | {
|
---|
6424 | prstatus_t prstat;
|
---|
6425 |
|
---|
6426 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
---|
6427 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
---|
6428 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
---|
6429 |
|
---|
6430 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
|
---|
6431 | has already been set by another thread. */
|
---|
6432 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
|
---|
6433 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
---|
6434 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
6435 |
|
---|
6436 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
---|
6437 | solaris 2.5+
|
---|
6438 | unixware 4.2
|
---|
6439 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
---|
6440 | linux 2.[01]
|
---|
6441 | */
|
---|
6442 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
|
---|
6443 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
---|
6444 | #endif
|
---|
6445 | }
|
---|
6446 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
|
---|
6447 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
|
---|
6448 | {
|
---|
6449 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
---|
6450 | prstatus32_t prstat;
|
---|
6451 |
|
---|
6452 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
---|
6453 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
|
---|
6454 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
---|
6455 |
|
---|
6456 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
|
---|
6457 | has already been set by another thread. */
|
---|
6458 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
|
---|
6459 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
---|
6460 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
6461 |
|
---|
6462 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
---|
6463 | solaris 2.5+
|
---|
6464 | unixware 4.2
|
---|
6465 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
---|
6466 | linux 2.[01]
|
---|
6467 | */
|
---|
6468 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
|
---|
6469 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
---|
6470 | #endif
|
---|
6471 | }
|
---|
6472 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
|
---|
6473 | else
|
---|
6474 | {
|
---|
6475 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
---|
6476 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
---|
6477 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6478 | }
|
---|
6479 |
|
---|
6480 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
|
---|
6481 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
---|
6482 | raw_size, note->descpos + offset);
|
---|
6483 | }
|
---|
6484 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
|
---|
6485 |
|
---|
6486 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
|
---|
6487 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6488 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, name, note)
|
---|
6489 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6490 | char *name;
|
---|
6491 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6492 | {
|
---|
6493 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
|
---|
6494 | note->descsz, note->descpos);
|
---|
6495 | }
|
---|
6496 |
|
---|
6497 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
|
---|
6498 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
|
---|
6499 | data structure apart. */
|
---|
6500 |
|
---|
6501 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6502 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note)
|
---|
6503 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6504 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6505 | {
|
---|
6506 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
---|
6507 | }
|
---|
6508 |
|
---|
6509 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
|
---|
6510 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
|
---|
6511 | literally. */
|
---|
6512 |
|
---|
6513 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6514 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note)
|
---|
6515 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6516 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6517 | {
|
---|
6518 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
|
---|
6519 | }
|
---|
6520 |
|
---|
6521 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
|
---|
6522 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
---|
6523 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
---|
6524 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
---|
6525 | #endif
|
---|
6526 | #endif
|
---|
6527 |
|
---|
6528 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
6529 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
---|
6530 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
---|
6531 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
---|
6532 | #endif
|
---|
6533 | #endif
|
---|
6534 |
|
---|
6535 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
|
---|
6536 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
|
---|
6537 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
|
---|
6538 |
|
---|
6539 | char *
|
---|
6540 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, start, max)
|
---|
6541 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6542 | char *start;
|
---|
6543 | size_t max;
|
---|
6544 | {
|
---|
6545 | char *dups;
|
---|
6546 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
|
---|
6547 | size_t len;
|
---|
6548 |
|
---|
6549 | if (end == NULL)
|
---|
6550 | len = max;
|
---|
6551 | else
|
---|
6552 | len = end - start;
|
---|
6553 |
|
---|
6554 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len + 1);
|
---|
6555 | if (dups == NULL)
|
---|
6556 | return NULL;
|
---|
6557 |
|
---|
6558 | memcpy (dups, start, len);
|
---|
6559 | dups[len] = '\0';
|
---|
6560 |
|
---|
6561 | return dups;
|
---|
6562 | }
|
---|
6563 |
|
---|
6564 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
6565 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_psinfo
|
---|
6566 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
6567 |
|
---|
6568 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6569 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note)
|
---|
6570 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6571 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6572 | {
|
---|
6573 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
|
---|
6574 | {
|
---|
6575 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
|
---|
6576 |
|
---|
6577 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
---|
6578 |
|
---|
6579 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
---|
6580 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
|
---|
6581 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
---|
6582 |
|
---|
6583 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
---|
6584 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
|
---|
6585 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
---|
6586 | }
|
---|
6587 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
|
---|
6588 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
|
---|
6589 | {
|
---|
6590 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
---|
6591 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
|
---|
6592 |
|
---|
6593 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
---|
6594 |
|
---|
6595 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
---|
6596 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
|
---|
6597 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
---|
6598 |
|
---|
6599 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
---|
6600 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
|
---|
6601 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
---|
6602 | }
|
---|
6603 | #endif
|
---|
6604 |
|
---|
6605 | else
|
---|
6606 | {
|
---|
6607 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
---|
6608 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
---|
6609 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6610 | }
|
---|
6611 |
|
---|
6612 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
---|
6613 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
---|
6614 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
---|
6615 |
|
---|
6616 | {
|
---|
6617 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
|
---|
6618 | int n = strlen (command);
|
---|
6619 |
|
---|
6620 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
---|
6621 | command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
6622 | }
|
---|
6623 |
|
---|
6624 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6625 | }
|
---|
6626 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
|
---|
6627 |
|
---|
6628 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6629 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_pstatus
|
---|
6630 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
6631 |
|
---|
6632 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6633 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
6634 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6635 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6636 | {
|
---|
6637 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
|
---|
6638 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6639 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
|
---|
6640 | #endif
|
---|
6641 | )
|
---|
6642 | {
|
---|
6643 | pstatus_t pstat;
|
---|
6644 |
|
---|
6645 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
---|
6646 |
|
---|
6647 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
6648 | }
|
---|
6649 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
|
---|
6650 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
|
---|
6651 | {
|
---|
6652 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
---|
6653 | pstatus32_t pstat;
|
---|
6654 |
|
---|
6655 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
---|
6656 |
|
---|
6657 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
6658 | }
|
---|
6659 | #endif
|
---|
6660 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
|
---|
6661 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
|
---|
6662 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
|
---|
6663 |
|
---|
6664 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6665 | }
|
---|
6666 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
|
---|
6667 |
|
---|
6668 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6669 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_lwpstatus
|
---|
6670 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
---|
6671 |
|
---|
6672 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6673 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
6674 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6675 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6676 | {
|
---|
6677 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
---|
6678 | char buf[100];
|
---|
6679 | char *name;
|
---|
6680 | size_t len;
|
---|
6681 | asection *sect;
|
---|
6682 |
|
---|
6683 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
|
---|
6684 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6685 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
|
---|
6686 | #endif
|
---|
6687 | )
|
---|
6688 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6689 |
|
---|
6690 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
---|
6691 |
|
---|
6692 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
|
---|
6693 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
|
---|
6694 |
|
---|
6695 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
---|
6696 |
|
---|
6697 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
---|
6698 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
---|
6699 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
---|
6700 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
6701 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6702 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
---|
6703 |
|
---|
6704 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
6705 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
6706 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6707 |
|
---|
6708 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
---|
6709 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
---|
6710 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
---|
6711 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
---|
6712 | #endif
|
---|
6713 |
|
---|
6714 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
---|
6715 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
|
---|
6716 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
---|
6717 | #endif
|
---|
6718 |
|
---|
6719 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
6720 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
6721 |
|
---|
6722 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
---|
6723 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6724 |
|
---|
6725 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
|
---|
6726 |
|
---|
6727 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
---|
6728 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
---|
6729 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
---|
6730 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
6731 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6732 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
---|
6733 |
|
---|
6734 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
6735 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
6736 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6737 |
|
---|
6738 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
---|
6739 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
---|
6740 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
---|
6741 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
---|
6742 | #endif
|
---|
6743 |
|
---|
6744 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
|
---|
6745 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
|
---|
6746 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
|
---|
6747 | #endif
|
---|
6748 |
|
---|
6749 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
6750 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
6751 |
|
---|
6752 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
|
---|
6753 | }
|
---|
6754 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
|
---|
6755 |
|
---|
6756 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6757 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6758 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
6759 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6760 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6761 | {
|
---|
6762 | char buf[30];
|
---|
6763 | char *name;
|
---|
6764 | size_t len;
|
---|
6765 | asection *sect;
|
---|
6766 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
|
---|
6767 |
|
---|
6768 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
|
---|
6769 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6770 |
|
---|
6771 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
|
---|
6772 |
|
---|
6773 | switch (pstatus.data_type)
|
---|
6774 | {
|
---|
6775 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
|
---|
6776 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
|
---|
6777 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
|
---|
6778 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
|
---|
6779 | break;
|
---|
6780 |
|
---|
6781 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
|
---|
6782 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
---|
6783 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
|
---|
6784 |
|
---|
6785 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
---|
6786 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
---|
6787 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
6788 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6789 |
|
---|
6790 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
---|
6791 |
|
---|
6792 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
6793 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
6794 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6795 |
|
---|
6796 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
|
---|
6797 | sect->filepos = (note->descpos
|
---|
6798 | + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
|
---|
6799 | data.thread_info.thread_context));
|
---|
6800 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
6801 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
6802 |
|
---|
6803 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
|
---|
6804 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
---|
6805 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6806 | break;
|
---|
6807 |
|
---|
6808 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
|
---|
6809 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
|
---|
6810 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
|
---|
6811 |
|
---|
6812 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
---|
6813 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
---|
6814 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
6815 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6816 |
|
---|
6817 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
---|
6818 |
|
---|
6819 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
6820 |
|
---|
6821 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
6822 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6823 |
|
---|
6824 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
---|
6825 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
---|
6826 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
6827 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
6828 | break;
|
---|
6829 |
|
---|
6830 | default:
|
---|
6831 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6832 | }
|
---|
6833 |
|
---|
6834 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6835 | }
|
---|
6836 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
|
---|
6837 |
|
---|
6838 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6839 | elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note)
|
---|
6840 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6841 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6842 | {
|
---|
6843 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
6844 |
|
---|
6845 | switch (note->type)
|
---|
6846 | {
|
---|
6847 | default:
|
---|
6848 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6849 |
|
---|
6850 | case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
---|
6851 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
|
---|
6852 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
|
---|
6853 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6854 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6855 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
6856 | #else
|
---|
6857 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6858 | #endif
|
---|
6859 |
|
---|
6860 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6861 | case NT_PSTATUS:
|
---|
6862 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
6863 | #endif
|
---|
6864 |
|
---|
6865 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6866 | case NT_LWPSTATUS:
|
---|
6867 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
6868 | #endif
|
---|
6869 |
|
---|
6870 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
|
---|
6871 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
---|
6872 |
|
---|
6873 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
6874 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
|
---|
6875 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
6876 | #endif
|
---|
6877 |
|
---|
6878 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
|
---|
6879 | if (note->namesz == 6
|
---|
6880 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
---|
6881 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
|
---|
6882 | else
|
---|
6883 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6884 |
|
---|
6885 | case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
---|
6886 | case NT_PSINFO:
|
---|
6887 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
|
---|
6888 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
|
---|
6889 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6890 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
6891 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
|
---|
6892 | #else
|
---|
6893 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6894 | #endif
|
---|
6895 | }
|
---|
6896 | }
|
---|
6897 |
|
---|
6898 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6899 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, lwpidp)
|
---|
6900 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6901 | int *lwpidp;
|
---|
6902 | {
|
---|
6903 | char *cp;
|
---|
6904 |
|
---|
6905 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
|
---|
6906 | if (cp != NULL)
|
---|
6907 | {
|
---|
6908 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
|
---|
6909 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6910 | }
|
---|
6911 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6912 | }
|
---|
6913 |
|
---|
6914 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6915 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note)
|
---|
6916 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6917 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6918 | {
|
---|
6919 |
|
---|
6920 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
|
---|
6921 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
|
---|
6922 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
|
---|
6923 |
|
---|
6924 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
|
---|
6925 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
|
---|
6926 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
|
---|
6927 |
|
---|
6928 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
|
---|
6929 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
---|
6930 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
|
---|
6931 |
|
---|
6932 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6933 | }
|
---|
6934 |
|
---|
6935 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
6936 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, note)
|
---|
6937 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
6938 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
6939 | {
|
---|
6940 | int lwp;
|
---|
6941 |
|
---|
6942 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
|
---|
6943 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
|
---|
6944 |
|
---|
6945 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
|
---|
6946 | {
|
---|
6947 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
|
---|
6948 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
|
---|
6949 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it
|
---|
6950 | creates a core file. */
|
---|
6951 |
|
---|
6952 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
|
---|
6953 | }
|
---|
6954 |
|
---|
6955 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
|
---|
6956 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
|
---|
6957 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
|
---|
6958 | understand it. */
|
---|
6959 |
|
---|
6960 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
|
---|
6961 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6962 |
|
---|
6963 |
|
---|
6964 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
---|
6965 | {
|
---|
6966 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
|
---|
6967 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
|
---|
6968 |
|
---|
6969 | case bfd_arch_alpha:
|
---|
6970 | case bfd_arch_sparc:
|
---|
6971 | switch (note->type)
|
---|
6972 | {
|
---|
6973 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
|
---|
6974 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
---|
6975 |
|
---|
6976 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
|
---|
6977 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
---|
6978 |
|
---|
6979 | default:
|
---|
6980 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6981 | }
|
---|
6982 |
|
---|
6983 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
|
---|
6984 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
|
---|
6985 |
|
---|
6986 | default:
|
---|
6987 | switch (note->type)
|
---|
6988 | {
|
---|
6989 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
|
---|
6990 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
---|
6991 |
|
---|
6992 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
|
---|
6993 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
---|
6994 |
|
---|
6995 | default:
|
---|
6996 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6997 | }
|
---|
6998 | }
|
---|
6999 | /* NOTREACHED */
|
---|
7000 | }
|
---|
7001 |
|
---|
7002 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
7003 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, tid)
|
---|
7004 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7005 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
7006 | pid_t *tid;
|
---|
7007 | {
|
---|
7008 | void *ddata = note->descdata;
|
---|
7009 | char buf[100];
|
---|
7010 | char *name;
|
---|
7011 | asection *sect;
|
---|
7012 |
|
---|
7013 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
|
---|
7014 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
|
---|
7015 |
|
---|
7016 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. */
|
---|
7017 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
|
---|
7018 |
|
---|
7019 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
|
---|
7020 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14);
|
---|
7021 |
|
---|
7022 | /* Pass tid back. */
|
---|
7023 | *tid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid;
|
---|
7024 |
|
---|
7025 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
|
---|
7026 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%d", *tid);
|
---|
7027 |
|
---|
7028 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
7029 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
7030 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7031 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
---|
7032 |
|
---|
7033 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
7034 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
7035 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7036 |
|
---|
7037 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
---|
7038 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
---|
7039 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
7040 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
7041 |
|
---|
7042 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
|
---|
7043 | }
|
---|
7044 |
|
---|
7045 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
7046 | elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (abfd, note, tid)
|
---|
7047 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7048 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
7049 | pid_t tid;
|
---|
7050 | {
|
---|
7051 | char buf[100];
|
---|
7052 | char *name;
|
---|
7053 | asection *sect;
|
---|
7054 |
|
---|
7055 | /* Make a ".reg/%d" section. */
|
---|
7056 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", tid);
|
---|
7057 |
|
---|
7058 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
7059 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
7060 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7061 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
---|
7062 |
|
---|
7063 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
7064 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
7065 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7066 |
|
---|
7067 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
---|
7068 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
---|
7069 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
7070 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
7071 |
|
---|
7072 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect);
|
---|
7073 | }
|
---|
7074 |
|
---|
7075 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
|
---|
7076 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
|
---|
7077 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
|
---|
7078 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
|
---|
7079 |
|
---|
7080 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
7081 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, note)
|
---|
7082 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7083 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
7084 | {
|
---|
7085 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
|
---|
7086 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
|
---|
7087 | function. */
|
---|
7088 | static pid_t tid = 1;
|
---|
7089 |
|
---|
7090 | switch (note->type)
|
---|
7091 | {
|
---|
7092 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
|
---|
7093 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
|
---|
7094 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: return elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (abfd, note, tid);
|
---|
7095 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
---|
7096 | default: return TRUE;
|
---|
7097 | }
|
---|
7098 | }
|
---|
7099 |
|
---|
7100 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note
|
---|
7101 |
|
---|
7102 | Inputs:
|
---|
7103 | buffer to hold note
|
---|
7104 | name of note
|
---|
7105 | type of note
|
---|
7106 | data for note
|
---|
7107 | size of data for note
|
---|
7108 |
|
---|
7109 | Return:
|
---|
7110 | End of buffer containing note. */
|
---|
7111 |
|
---|
7112 | char *
|
---|
7113 | elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, name, type, input, size)
|
---|
7114 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7115 | char *buf;
|
---|
7116 | int *bufsiz;
|
---|
7117 | const char *name;
|
---|
7118 | int type;
|
---|
7119 | const PTR input;
|
---|
7120 | int size;
|
---|
7121 | {
|
---|
7122 | Elf_External_Note *xnp;
|
---|
7123 | size_t namesz;
|
---|
7124 | size_t pad;
|
---|
7125 | size_t newspace;
|
---|
7126 | char *p, *dest;
|
---|
7127 |
|
---|
7128 | namesz = 0;
|
---|
7129 | pad = 0;
|
---|
7130 | if (name != NULL)
|
---|
7131 | {
|
---|
7132 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
7133 |
|
---|
7134 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
|
---|
7135 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
7136 | pad = -namesz & (bed->s->file_align - 1);
|
---|
7137 | }
|
---|
7138 |
|
---|
7139 | newspace = sizeof (Elf_External_Note) - 1 + namesz + pad + size;
|
---|
7140 |
|
---|
7141 | p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
|
---|
7142 | dest = p + *bufsiz;
|
---|
7143 | *bufsiz += newspace;
|
---|
7144 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
|
---|
7145 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
|
---|
7146 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
|
---|
7147 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
|
---|
7148 | dest = xnp->name;
|
---|
7149 | if (name != NULL)
|
---|
7150 | {
|
---|
7151 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
|
---|
7152 | dest += namesz;
|
---|
7153 | while (pad != 0)
|
---|
7154 | {
|
---|
7155 | *dest++ = '\0';
|
---|
7156 | --pad;
|
---|
7157 | }
|
---|
7158 | }
|
---|
7159 | memcpy (dest, input, size);
|
---|
7160 | return p;
|
---|
7161 | }
|
---|
7162 |
|
---|
7163 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
7164 | char *
|
---|
7165 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (abfd, buf, bufsiz, fname, psargs)
|
---|
7166 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7167 | char *buf;
|
---|
7168 | int *bufsiz;
|
---|
7169 | const char *fname;
|
---|
7170 | const char *psargs;
|
---|
7171 | {
|
---|
7172 | int note_type;
|
---|
7173 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
---|
7174 |
|
---|
7175 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
7176 | psinfo_t data;
|
---|
7177 | note_type = NT_PSINFO;
|
---|
7178 | #else
|
---|
7179 | prpsinfo_t data;
|
---|
7180 | note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
|
---|
7181 | #endif
|
---|
7182 |
|
---|
7183 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
|
---|
7184 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
|
---|
7185 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
|
---|
7186 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
---|
7187 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
|
---|
7188 | }
|
---|
7189 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
|
---|
7190 |
|
---|
7191 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
---|
7192 | char *
|
---|
7193 | elfcore_write_prstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs)
|
---|
7194 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7195 | char *buf;
|
---|
7196 | int *bufsiz;
|
---|
7197 | long pid;
|
---|
7198 | int cursig;
|
---|
7199 | const PTR gregs;
|
---|
7200 | {
|
---|
7201 | prstatus_t prstat;
|
---|
7202 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
---|
7203 |
|
---|
7204 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
|
---|
7205 | prstat.pr_pid = pid;
|
---|
7206 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
|
---|
7207 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
|
---|
7208 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
---|
7209 | note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
|
---|
7210 | }
|
---|
7211 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
|
---|
7212 |
|
---|
7213 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
---|
7214 | char *
|
---|
7215 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs)
|
---|
7216 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7217 | char *buf;
|
---|
7218 | int *bufsiz;
|
---|
7219 | long pid;
|
---|
7220 | int cursig;
|
---|
7221 | const PTR gregs;
|
---|
7222 | {
|
---|
7223 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
---|
7224 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
---|
7225 |
|
---|
7226 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
---|
7227 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
|
---|
7228 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
|
---|
7229 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
---|
7230 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
|
---|
7231 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
---|
7232 | #if !defined(gregs)
|
---|
7233 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
|
---|
7234 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
|
---|
7235 | #else
|
---|
7236 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
|
---|
7237 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
|
---|
7238 | #endif
|
---|
7239 | #endif
|
---|
7240 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
|
---|
7241 | NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
---|
7242 | }
|
---|
7243 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
|
---|
7244 |
|
---|
7245 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
7246 | char *
|
---|
7247 | elfcore_write_pstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs)
|
---|
7248 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7249 | char *buf;
|
---|
7250 | int *bufsiz;
|
---|
7251 | long pid;
|
---|
7252 | int cursig;
|
---|
7253 | const PTR gregs;
|
---|
7254 | {
|
---|
7255 | pstatus_t pstat;
|
---|
7256 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
---|
7257 |
|
---|
7258 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
|
---|
7259 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
|
---|
7260 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
|
---|
7261 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
|
---|
7262 | return buf;
|
---|
7263 | }
|
---|
7264 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
|
---|
7265 |
|
---|
7266 | char *
|
---|
7267 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, fpregs, size)
|
---|
7268 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7269 | char *buf;
|
---|
7270 | int *bufsiz;
|
---|
7271 | const PTR fpregs;
|
---|
7272 | int size;
|
---|
7273 | {
|
---|
7274 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
---|
7275 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
---|
7276 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
|
---|
7277 | }
|
---|
7278 |
|
---|
7279 | char *
|
---|
7280 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, xfpregs, size)
|
---|
7281 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7282 | char *buf;
|
---|
7283 | int *bufsiz;
|
---|
7284 | const PTR xfpregs;
|
---|
7285 | int size;
|
---|
7286 | {
|
---|
7287 | char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
---|
7288 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
---|
7289 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
|
---|
7290 | }
|
---|
7291 |
|
---|
7292 | static bfd_boolean
|
---|
7293 | elfcore_read_notes (abfd, offset, size)
|
---|
7294 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7295 | file_ptr offset;
|
---|
7296 | bfd_size_type size;
|
---|
7297 | {
|
---|
7298 | char *buf;
|
---|
7299 | char *p;
|
---|
7300 |
|
---|
7301 | if (size <= 0)
|
---|
7302 | return TRUE;
|
---|
7303 |
|
---|
7304 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
---|
7305 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7306 |
|
---|
7307 | buf = bfd_malloc (size);
|
---|
7308 | if (buf == NULL)
|
---|
7309 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7310 |
|
---|
7311 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
|
---|
7312 | {
|
---|
7313 | error:
|
---|
7314 | free (buf);
|
---|
7315 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7316 | }
|
---|
7317 |
|
---|
7318 | p = buf;
|
---|
7319 | while (p < buf + size)
|
---|
7320 | {
|
---|
7321 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
|
---|
7322 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
|
---|
7323 | Elf_Internal_Note in;
|
---|
7324 |
|
---|
7325 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
|
---|
7326 |
|
---|
7327 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
|
---|
7328 | in.namedata = xnp->name;
|
---|
7329 |
|
---|
7330 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
|
---|
7331 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
|
---|
7332 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
|
---|
7333 |
|
---|
7334 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
|
---|
7335 | {
|
---|
7336 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
|
---|
7337 | goto error;
|
---|
7338 | }
|
---|
7339 | else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
|
---|
7340 | {
|
---|
7341 | if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
|
---|
7342 | goto error;
|
---|
7343 | }
|
---|
7344 | else
|
---|
7345 | {
|
---|
7346 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
|
---|
7347 | goto error;
|
---|
7348 | }
|
---|
7349 |
|
---|
7350 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
|
---|
7351 | }
|
---|
7352 |
|
---|
7353 | free (buf);
|
---|
7354 | return TRUE;
|
---|
7355 | }
|
---|
7356 | |
---|
7357 |
|
---|
7358 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
|
---|
7359 |
|
---|
7360 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
|
---|
7361 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
|
---|
7362 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
---|
7363 |
|
---|
7364 | long
|
---|
7365 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
7366 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7367 | {
|
---|
7368 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
7369 | {
|
---|
7370 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
---|
7371 | return -1;
|
---|
7372 | }
|
---|
7373 |
|
---|
7374 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
|
---|
7375 | }
|
---|
7376 |
|
---|
7377 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
|
---|
7378 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
|
---|
7379 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
|
---|
7380 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
|
---|
7381 |
|
---|
7382 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
|
---|
7383 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
---|
7384 |
|
---|
7385 | int
|
---|
7386 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (abfd, phdrs)
|
---|
7387 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7388 | void *phdrs;
|
---|
7389 | {
|
---|
7390 | int num_phdrs;
|
---|
7391 |
|
---|
7392 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
7393 | {
|
---|
7394 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
---|
7395 | return -1;
|
---|
7396 | }
|
---|
7397 |
|
---|
7398 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
---|
7399 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
|
---|
7400 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
---|
7401 |
|
---|
7402 | return num_phdrs;
|
---|
7403 | }
|
---|
7404 |
|
---|
7405 | void
|
---|
7406 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, value)
|
---|
7407 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
7408 | char *buf;
|
---|
7409 | bfd_vma value;
|
---|
7410 | {
|
---|
7411 | #ifdef BFD64
|
---|
7412 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
---|
7413 |
|
---|
7414 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
7415 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
|
---|
7416 | sprintf_vma (buf, value);
|
---|
7417 | else
|
---|
7418 | {
|
---|
7419 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
|
---|
7420 | {
|
---|
7421 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
|
---|
7422 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
|
---|
7423 | #else
|
---|
7424 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
|
---|
7425 | _bfd_int64_low (value));
|
---|
7426 | #endif
|
---|
7427 | }
|
---|
7428 | else
|
---|
7429 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
|
---|
7430 | }
|
---|
7431 | #else
|
---|
7432 | sprintf_vma (buf, value);
|
---|
7433 | #endif
|
---|
7434 | }
|
---|
7435 |
|
---|
7436 | void
|
---|
7437 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (abfd, stream, value)
|
---|
7438 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
7439 | PTR stream;
|
---|
7440 | bfd_vma value;
|
---|
7441 | {
|
---|
7442 | #ifdef BFD64
|
---|
7443 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
---|
7444 |
|
---|
7445 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
7446 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
|
---|
7447 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
|
---|
7448 | else
|
---|
7449 | {
|
---|
7450 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
|
---|
7451 | {
|
---|
7452 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
|
---|
7453 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
|
---|
7454 | #else
|
---|
7455 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
|
---|
7456 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
|
---|
7457 | #endif
|
---|
7458 | }
|
---|
7459 | else
|
---|
7460 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
|
---|
7461 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
|
---|
7462 | }
|
---|
7463 | #else
|
---|
7464 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
|
---|
7465 | #endif
|
---|
7466 | }
|
---|
7467 |
|
---|
7468 | enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
---|
7469 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (rela)
|
---|
7470 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
7471 | {
|
---|
7472 | return reloc_class_normal;
|
---|
7473 | }
|
---|
7474 |
|
---|
7475 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
|
---|
7476 | relocation against a local symbol. */
|
---|
7477 |
|
---|
7478 | bfd_vma
|
---|
7479 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (abfd, sym, sec, rel)
|
---|
7480 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7481 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
---|
7482 | asection *sec;
|
---|
7483 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
---|
7484 | {
|
---|
7485 | bfd_vma relocation;
|
---|
7486 |
|
---|
7487 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
|
---|
7488 | + sec->output_offset
|
---|
7489 | + sym->st_value);
|
---|
7490 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
|
---|
7491 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
|
---|
7492 | && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
|
---|
7493 | {
|
---|
7494 | asection *msec;
|
---|
7495 |
|
---|
7496 | msec = sec;
|
---|
7497 | rel->r_addend =
|
---|
7498 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &msec,
|
---|
7499 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
|
---|
7500 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend,
|
---|
7501 | (bfd_vma) 0)
|
---|
7502 | - relocation;
|
---|
7503 | rel->r_addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
|
---|
7504 | }
|
---|
7505 | return relocation;
|
---|
7506 | }
|
---|
7507 |
|
---|
7508 | bfd_vma
|
---|
7509 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, psec, addend)
|
---|
7510 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7511 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
---|
7512 | asection **psec;
|
---|
7513 | bfd_vma addend;
|
---|
7514 | {
|
---|
7515 | asection *sec = *psec;
|
---|
7516 |
|
---|
7517 | if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
|
---|
7518 | return sym->st_value + addend;
|
---|
7519 |
|
---|
7520 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
|
---|
7521 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
|
---|
7522 | sym->st_value + addend, (bfd_vma) 0);
|
---|
7523 | }
|
---|
7524 |
|
---|
7525 | bfd_vma
|
---|
7526 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset)
|
---|
7527 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
7528 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
7529 | asection *sec;
|
---|
7530 | bfd_vma offset;
|
---|
7531 | {
|
---|
7532 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data;
|
---|
7533 |
|
---|
7534 | sec_data = elf_section_data (sec);
|
---|
7535 | switch (sec->sec_info_type)
|
---|
7536 | {
|
---|
7537 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
|
---|
7538 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (abfd,
|
---|
7539 | &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
|
---|
7540 | sec, &sec_data->sec_info, offset);
|
---|
7541 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
|
---|
7542 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, sec, offset);
|
---|
7543 | default:
|
---|
7544 | return offset;
|
---|
7545 | }
|
---|
7546 | }
|
---|